1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is not also kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
9189 Here's an example with the
9196 \begin_layout Labeling
9197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
9199 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9203 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9207 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9211 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9217 \begin_layout Standard
9219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9226 marks the beginning of the item.
9227 (There is actually a
9228 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9232 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9235 HFill inside of the label of the
9239 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
9241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9248 situations, like two-column mode.
9251 \begin_layout Standard
9252 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9260 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9264 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9265 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9266 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9270 option in the space dialog.
9278 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9292 \begin_layout Standard
9293 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9295 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9298 \begin_layout Standard
9299 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9302 What is correct English?:
9303 \begin_inset Newline newline
9307 \begin_inset Newline newline
9311 \begin_inset space ~
9314 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9315 \begin_inset Newline newline
9322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9333 \begin_inset Newline newline
9340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9351 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9357 \begin_layout Standard
9358 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9359 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9363 \begin_inset space ~
9367 \begin_inset space ~
9371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9375 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9393 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9397 for more information about TeX-Code.
9403 In our case write the command
9410 (note the space after
9411 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9415 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9418 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9419 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9420 That is why it is named
9421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9433 There exists also the commands
9445 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9446 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9447 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9449 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9461 \begin_layout Subsection
9463 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9465 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 \begin_layout Standard
9483 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9485 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9486 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9488 \begin_inset space ~
9494 There you find the following sizes:
9497 \begin_layout Standard
9510 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9515 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9517 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9530 for the paragraph separation.
9531 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9557 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9558 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9560 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9561 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9570 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9579 s are described in section
9580 \begin_inset space ~
9584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9586 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9595 If there are several
9599 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9600 You can therefore use
9604 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9612 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9613 \begin_inset space ~
9617 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9619 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9626 \begin_layout Standard
9627 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9637 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9638 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9650 \begin_layout Subsection
9654 \begin_layout Standard
9655 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9657 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9661 There are four possibilities:
9664 \begin_layout Itemize
9670 \begin_layout Itemize
9676 \begin_layout Itemize
9682 \begin_layout Itemize
9688 \begin_layout Standard
9689 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9690 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9691 the left and right margins.
9692 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9695 \begin_layout Standard
9697 This paragraph is right aligned,
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9702 this one is centered,
9705 \begin_layout Standard
9707 this one is left aligned.
9710 \begin_layout Subsection
9715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9724 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9731 \begin_layout Standard
9732 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9733 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9734 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9735 Only if you use many
9739 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9742 \begin_layout Standard
9743 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9744 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9748 have to change the pagebreaking.
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9754 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9757 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9759 \begin_inset space ~
9765 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9767 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9768 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9770 \begin_inset space ~
9775 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9777 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9778 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9783 at the top of a page.
9784 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9785 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9786 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9787 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9791 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9802 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9804 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9806 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9824 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9825 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9826 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9827 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9828 if necessary by adding pages.
9831 \begin_layout Standard
9832 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9834 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9835 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9837 \begin_inset space ~
9843 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9845 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9846 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9848 \begin_inset space ~
9852 \begin_inset space ~
9857 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9858 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9861 \begin_layout Subsection
9866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9875 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9882 \begin_layout Standard
9883 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9885 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9888 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9890 \begin_inset space ~
9894 \begin_inset space ~
9904 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9907 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9909 \begin_inset space ~
9913 \begin_inset space ~
9918 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9920 This is necessary to avoid
9921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9928 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9931 \begin_layout Standard
9932 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9933 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9934 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9935 set a linebreak, e.g.
9936 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9937 \begin_inset space ~
9941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9943 reference "sec:Quote"
9948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9950 reference "sec:Verse"
9955 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9957 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9964 \begin_layout Subsection
9966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9968 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9991 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9993 \begin_inset space ~
9998 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10004 \begin_layout Section
10005 Characters and Symbols
10008 \begin_layout Standard
10009 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10010 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10011 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10015 \begin_inset space ~
10018 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10026 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10030 for informations how this is done.
10033 \begin_layout Standard
10034 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10039 dialog via the menu
10041 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10042 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10048 \begin_layout Standard
10049 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10057 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10058 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10059 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10067 \begin_layout Section
10068 Fonts and Text Styles
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10071 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10078 \begin_layout Subsection
10083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10093 There are two types of fonts:
10096 \begin_layout Description
10098 \begin_inset space ~
10105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10111 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10112 characters) in the font.
10113 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10114 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10115 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10116 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10117 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10118 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10119 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10120 provide a good image.
10121 \begin_inset Newline newline
10124 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10125 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10126 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10127 sizes than at small ones.
10128 \begin_inset Newline newline
10142 \begin_inset space ~
10150 \begin_layout Description
10152 \begin_inset space ~
10159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10165 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10166 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10167 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10168 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10169 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10170 picture manipulation program.
10171 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10172 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10173 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10174 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10175 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10177 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10178 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10179 \begin_inset Newline newline
10182 Bitmap fonts are named
10185 \begin_inset space ~
10190 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10193 \begin_layout Standard
10194 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10195 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10196 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10197 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10202 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10203 its document properties.
10206 \begin_layout Standard
10207 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10208 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10209 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10210 font to emphasize text, you use an
10211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10219 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10220 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10224 \begin_layout Subsection
10225 Document Font and Font size
10226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10228 name "sub:Document-Font"
10236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10255 \begin_layout Standard
10256 You can set the document fonts in the
10258 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 Document ! Settings
10272 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10273 font shapes roman (serif),
10276 \begin_inset space ~
10288 \begin_layout Standard
10289 The possible options for the font include
10293 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10298 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10315 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10320 European Computer Modern
10323 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10333 \begin_layout Standard
10342 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10343 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10348 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10351 \begin_inset space ~
10356 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10362 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10363 There are three ways to use one:
10366 \begin_layout Itemize
10367 One way is to use the
10377 Virtual means that it
10378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10389 -glyphs from other fonts.
10390 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10392 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10396 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10400 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10412 Loading the LaTeX-package
10420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10421 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10426 with the document preamble line
10429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10434 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10438 will fix the guillemet problem.
10443 and that accented characters are not
10447 glyph, they are build of
10451 characters, the accent and the letter.
10452 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10456 fonts for words with accented characters.
10457 If you search for example for the French word
10458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10465 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10467 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10471 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10474 and not for the glyph
10475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10483 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10489 \begin_layout Itemize
10490 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10503 , consists of these three main font types
10506 \begin_inset space ~
10527 \begin_inset space ~
10537 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10541 \begin_inset space ~
10548 as typewriter font.
10549 \begin_inset Newline newline
10552 The differences between roman,
10555 \begin_inset space ~
10564 fonts are explained in section
10565 \begin_inset space ~
10569 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10571 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10576 \begin_inset Newline newline
10582 \begin_inset space ~
10587 was originally designed for newspapers.
10588 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10589 into the small newspaper columns.
10593 \begin_inset space ~
10598 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10601 \begin_layout Itemize
10602 The best solution is to use the
10607 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10614 \begin_layout Standard
10615 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10618 For the font size there are four possible values:
10635 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10638 \begin_layout Standard
10639 The font sizes are the
10644 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10645 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10646 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10649 \begin_inset space ~
10655 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10656 \begin_inset space ~
10660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10662 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10669 \begin_layout Standard
10670 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10674 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10682 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10686 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10687 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10688 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10690 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10693 dialog, see section
10694 \begin_inset space ~
10698 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10700 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10712 \begin_layout Subsection
10713 Using Different Character Styles
10717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10736 \begin_layout Standard
10737 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10738 certain paragraph environments.
10739 LyX supports two character styles,
10748 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10752 \begin_layout Standard
10757 style, do one of the following:
10760 \begin_layout Itemize
10761 click on the toolbar button
10762 \begin_inset Graphics
10763 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10770 \begin_layout Itemize
10771 use the key binding
10774 \begin_inset space ~
10780 \begin_layout Standard
10781 These commands are all toggles.
10786 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10789 \begin_layout Standard
10790 One typically uses the
10794 style for proper names.
10796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10803 is the original author of LyX.
10804 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10810 \begin_layout Standard
10811 A more widely used character style is the
10816 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10823 \begin_layout Itemize
10824 clicking on the toolbar button
10825 \begin_inset Graphics
10826 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10833 \begin_layout Itemize
10834 using the keybindings
10837 \begin_inset space ~
10843 \begin_layout Standard
10848 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10849 es use a different font.
10852 \begin_layout Standard
10853 We've been using the
10857 style all over the place in this document.
10858 Here's one more example:
10861 \begin_layout Quotation
10864 Don't overuse character styles!
10867 \begin_layout Standard
10868 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10869 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10870 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10871 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10875 \begin_layout Standard
10876 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10886 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10888 \begin_inset space ~
10896 \begin_layout Subsection
10897 Fine-Tuning with the
10902 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10904 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10923 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10924 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10925 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10926 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10927 from ordinary dialog.
10930 \begin_layout Standard
10931 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10932 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10933 \begin_inset Newline newline
10936 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10937 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10940 \begin_layout Standard
10941 To use custom character styles, open the
10943 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10945 \begin_inset space ~
10951 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10952 font property which you can choose.
10953 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10956 \begin_inset space ~
10961 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10966 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10967 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10968 environments in a snap.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10975 \begin_inset space ~
10987 \begin_layout Labeling
10988 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11002 The possible options are:
11006 \begin_layout Labeling
11007 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11012 This is the Roman font family.
11013 Normally a serif font.
11014 It's also the default family.
11019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11031 \begin_inset space ~
11040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11048 \begin_inset Note Note
11051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11052 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11053 It is explained in section
11054 \begin_inset space ~
11058 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11060 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11072 \begin_layout Labeling
11073 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11077 \begin_inset space ~
11084 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11103 \begin_inset space ~
11112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11122 \begin_layout Labeling
11123 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11130 This is the Typewriter font family.
11137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11149 \begin_inset space ~
11158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11171 \begin_layout Labeling
11172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11177 This corresponds to the print weight.
11182 \begin_layout Labeling
11183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11188 This is the Medium font series.
11189 It's also the default series.
11192 \begin_layout Labeling
11193 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11200 This is the Bold font series.
11207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11219 \begin_inset space ~
11228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 \begin_layout Labeling
11240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11245 As the name implies.
11250 \begin_layout Labeling
11251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11256 This is the Upright font shape.
11257 It's also the default shape.
11260 \begin_layout Labeling
11261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11275 s the Italic font shape
11281 \begin_layout Labeling
11282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11289 This is the Slanted font shape
11291 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11294 \begin_layout Labeling
11295 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11299 \begin_inset space ~
11306 This is the Small caps font shape
11313 \begin_layout Labeling
11314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11319 Alters the size of the font.
11320 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11321 nal to the document font size.
11322 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11323 what you want to do.
11328 \begin_layout Labeling
11329 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11363 \begin_inset space ~
11372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11395 \begin_inset space ~
11404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11414 \begin_layout Labeling
11415 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11449 \begin_inset space ~
11458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11468 \begin_layout Labeling
11469 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11503 \begin_inset space ~
11512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11535 \begin_inset space ~
11544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11554 \begin_layout Labeling
11555 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11589 \begin_inset space ~
11598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11621 \begin_inset space ~
11630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11640 \begin_layout Labeling
11641 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11655 It's also the default size.
11660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11672 \begin_inset space ~
11681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11704 \begin_inset space ~
11713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11723 \begin_layout Labeling
11724 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11732 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11758 \begin_inset space ~
11767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11790 \begin_inset space ~
11799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11809 \begin_layout Labeling
11810 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11844 \begin_inset space ~
11853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11876 \begin_inset space ~
11885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11895 \begin_layout Labeling
11896 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11930 \begin_inset space ~
11939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11949 \begin_layout Labeling
11950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11984 \begin_inset space ~
11993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12016 \begin_inset space ~
12025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12035 \begin_layout Labeling
12036 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12070 \begin_inset space ~
12079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12102 \begin_inset space ~
12111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12122 \begin_layout Standard
12127 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12128 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12129 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12130 - use that instead.
12131 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12134 \begin_layout Labeling
12135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12140 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12145 \begin_layout Labeling
12146 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12153 This is text with emphasize on
12156 This might seem like the same as
12160 , but it is actually a bit different.
12166 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12168 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12171 \begin_layout Labeling
12172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12179 This is text with Underbar on.
12186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12198 \begin_inset space ~
12207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12217 \begin_inset Newline newline
12222 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12223 when you couldn't change fonts.
12224 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12225 It's only included in LyX because some people
12229 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12232 \begin_layout Labeling
12233 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12240 This is text with Noun on.
12247 , this is a logical attribute.
12248 Normally it's equivalent to
12251 \begin_inset space ~
12260 \begin_layout Labeling
12261 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12266 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12267 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12271 \begin_inset space ~
12276 , which is the default
12277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12284 and means normally black, you can choose between
12320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12329 \begin_layout Labeling
12330 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12335 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12336 the language of the document.
12337 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12341 \begin_layout Standard
12342 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12343 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12345 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12347 \begin_inset space ~
12352 dialog, the settings are saved.
12353 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12354 \begin_inset Graphics
12355 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12360 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12361 when the dialog isn't visible.
12365 \begin_layout Standard
12366 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12369 \begin_inset space ~
12375 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12376 (suppose you just set the shape to
12377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12385 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12389 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12395 \begin_inset space ~
12407 \begin_layout Standard
12408 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12416 \begin_inset space ~
12428 \begin_layout Itemize
12434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12438 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12441 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12442 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12446 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12459 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12491 \begin_inset Note Note
12494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12495 For more on phantoms see section
12496 \begin_inset space ~
12500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12502 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12512 \begin_inset Newline newline
12518 \begin_layout Itemize
12523 fonts use characters with serifs.
12524 These are the small
12525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12532 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12533 The following example will show the difference:
12534 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 \begin_inset Newline newline
12543 text without serifs
12546 \begin_inset Newline newline
12549 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12550 They are therefore used as default font (named
12557 \begin_layout Itemize
12563 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12564 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12567 \begin_layout Standard
12568 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12569 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12572 \begin_layout Section
12573 Printing and Previewing
12576 \begin_layout Subsection
12580 \begin_layout Standard
12581 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12582 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12583 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12584 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12585 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12588 \begin_inset space ~
12596 \begin_layout Standard
12597 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12598 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12599 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12600 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12601 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12602 This happens in two stages:
12605 \begin_layout Enumerate
12606 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12607 generating a file with the extension,
12608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12622 \begin_layout Enumerate
12623 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12627 file to produce printable output.
12631 \begin_layout Subsection
12632 Output file formats
12636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12645 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12652 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12658 File formats ! ASCII
12666 \begin_layout Standard
12667 This file type has the extension
12668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12680 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12684 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12691 \begin_layout Standard
12692 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12694 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12695 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12707 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12715 \begin_layout Standard
12716 This file type has the extension
12717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12728 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12730 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12731 it manually with console commands.
12732 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12733 you view or export your document.
12736 \begin_layout Standard
12737 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12739 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12740 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12757 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12771 \begin_layout Standard
12772 This file type has the extension
12773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12793 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12794 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12795 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12797 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12801 \begin_layout Standard
12802 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12810 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12811 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12816 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12817 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12818 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12819 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12822 \begin_layout Standard
12823 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12825 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12826 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12832 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12838 File formats ! PostScript
12846 \begin_layout Standard
12847 This file type has the extension
12848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12860 PostScript was developed by the company
12864 as printer language.
12865 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12867 PostScript can be seen as
12868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12871 programming language
12872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12875 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12880 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12890 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12900 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12903 \begin_layout Standard
12904 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12905 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12908 Encapsulated PostScript
12909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12912 (EPS, file extension
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12925 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12926 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12927 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12928 whenever you view or export your document.
12929 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12930 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12931 EPS to avoid this problem.
12934 \begin_layout Standard
12935 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12937 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12938 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12944 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12968 \begin_layout Standard
12969 This file type has the extension
12970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12986 Portable Document Format
12987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12990 (PDF) is developed by
12994 as derivative from PostScript.
12995 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13001 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13004 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13005 looks exactly the same.
13008 \begin_layout Standard
13009 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13013 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13017 (JPG, file extension
13018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13038 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13042 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13045 Portable Network Graphics
13046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13049 (PNG, file extension
13050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13062 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13063 in the background to one of these formats.
13064 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13065 will slow down your workflow.
13066 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13069 \begin_layout Standard
13070 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13072 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13075 in three different ways:
13078 \begin_layout Description
13079 PDF This uses the program
13083 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13084 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13088 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13089 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13092 \begin_layout Description
13094 \begin_inset space ~
13097 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13101 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13105 \begin_layout Description
13107 \begin_inset space ~
13110 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13114 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13117 \begin_layout Standard
13118 We recommend to use
13121 \begin_inset space ~
13130 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13136 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13139 \begin_layout Subsection
13144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13155 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13159 and choose a file type.
13160 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13163 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13166 you can use the toolbar button
13167 \begin_inset Graphics
13168 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13178 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13180 \begin_inset space ~
13186 \begin_inset Graphics
13187 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13193 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13197 \begin_inset Graphics
13198 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13209 \begin_layout Standard
13210 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13211 viewer window using the menu
13213 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13219 \begin_layout Standard
13220 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13222 To have a real output, export your document.
13225 \begin_layout Subsection
13226 Printing the File from within LyX
13227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13229 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13236 \begin_layout Standard
13237 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13238 it directly from within LyX.
13239 To print a file, select the menu
13241 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13244 or click on the toolbar button
13245 \begin_inset Graphics
13246 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13251 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13252 This file is then processed by the program
13256 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13261 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13264 \begin_layout Standard
13265 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13266 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13267 printing one set to print on the other side.
13268 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13269 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13270 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13273 \begin_layout Standard
13274 You can set the parameters in the
13277 \begin_inset space ~
13285 \begin_layout Labeling
13286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13291 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13296 Note that this printer name is for the program
13305 has to be configured for this printer name.
13306 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13307 \begin_inset space ~
13311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13313 reference "sub:Printer"
13322 The printer should understand PostScript.
13325 \begin_layout Labeling
13326 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13331 The name of a file to print to.
13332 The output will be a PostScript file.
13333 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13337 \begin_layout Section
13338 A few Words about Typography
13342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13351 \begin_layout Subsection
13356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13372 \begin_layout Standard
13374 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13385 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13400 \begin_layout Enumerate
13402 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13406 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13424 \begin_layout Enumerate
13426 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13430 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13434 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13455 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13461 \begin_layout Enumerate
13463 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13511 \begin_layout Enumerate
13513 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13517 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13521 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13533 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13539 \begin_layout Standard
13540 You generate them by inserting the
13541 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 character multiple times in a row.
13553 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13554 final output, but not in LyX.
13557 \begin_layout Standard
13558 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13559 math mode and has a length of its own.
13560 Here are some examples of the
13561 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13575 \begin_layout Enumerate
13576 line- and page-breaks
13577 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13587 \begin_layout Enumerate
13589 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13599 \begin_layout Enumerate
13600 Oh --- there's a dash.
13601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13611 \begin_layout Enumerate
13612 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13616 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13626 \begin_layout Subsection
13631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13638 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13640 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13647 \begin_layout Standard
13648 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13649 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13658 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13663 following the rules of the document language
13667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13668 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13676 \begin_inset space ~
13680 \begin_inset space ~
13687 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13698 \begin_layout Standard
13699 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13704 and with unusual constructs, like
13705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13713 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13714 This is done with the menu
13716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13717 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13719 \begin_inset space ~
13725 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13726 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13729 \begin_layout Standard
13730 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13731 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13732 a hyphen and a space in the form
13733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13741 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13749 as hyphenation possibility.
13750 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13751 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13752 of the LaTeX-box-command
13758 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13759 As LyX doesn't support
13765 , we have to use TeX Code.
13766 The result looks in LyX like:
13769 \begin_layout Standard
13770 \begin_inset Graphics
13771 filename clipart/mbox.png
13778 \begin_layout Standard
13779 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13780 \begin_inset space ~
13784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13786 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13793 \begin_layout Subsection
13798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13807 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13808 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13809 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13811 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13818 \begin_layout Standard
13819 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13820 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13821 LaTeX then adds the
13822 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13825 appropriate amount of space
13826 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13830 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13832 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13835 \begin_layout Standard
13836 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13850 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13851 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13854 \begin_layout Standard
13855 Here are some examples of
13859 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13862 \begin_layout Itemize
13867 \begin_layout Itemize
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13876 \begin_layout Itemize
13879 this is too much space!
13882 \begin_layout Itemize
13887 \begin_layout Standard
13888 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13892 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13895 \begin_layout Enumerate
13899 \begin_inset space ~
13904 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13905 \begin_inset space ~
13909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13911 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13920 Spaces ! inter-word
13928 \begin_layout Enumerate
13932 \begin_inset space ~
13937 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13938 \begin_inset space ~
13942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13944 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13961 \begin_layout Enumerate
13965 \begin_inset space ~
13969 \begin_inset space ~
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13980 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13982 \begin_inset space ~
13987 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13988 This function is also bound to
13995 \begin_layout Standard
13996 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13999 \begin_layout Itemize
14001 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14005 \begin_inset space \space{}
14008 this is too much space!
14011 \begin_layout Itemize
14012 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14016 \begin_layout Standard
14017 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14018 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14019 LaTeX will care about this.
14022 \begin_layout Standard
14023 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14027 \begin_inset space ~
14032 feature described in section
14043 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14049 Typography ! Quotes
14058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14096 \begin_layout Standard
14097 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14098 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14099 and use a closing quote at the end.
14101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14109 The keyboard character,
14113 , generates this automatically.
14116 \begin_layout Standard
14117 You can change the behavior of the
14121 key using the submenu
14127 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14135 Document ! Settings
14143 \begin_layout Standard
14144 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14149 There are six choices:
14152 \begin_layout Labeling
14153 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14160 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14165 Use quotes like this
14166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14174 \begin_inset Quotes els
14178 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14184 \begin_layout Labeling
14185 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14188 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14192 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14198 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14202 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14206 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14212 \begin_layout Labeling
14213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14216 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14220 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14226 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14230 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14234 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14238 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14244 \begin_layout Labeling
14245 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14248 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14252 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14258 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14262 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14266 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14270 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14276 \begin_layout Labeling
14277 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14280 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14284 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14290 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14294 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14298 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14302 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14308 \begin_layout Labeling
14309 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14312 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14316 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14322 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14326 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14330 \begin_inset Quotes als
14334 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14340 \begin_layout Standard
14341 These settings affects what character the
14348 \begin_layout Subsection
14353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14354 Typography ! Ligatures
14363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14394 name "sub:Ligatures"
14401 \begin_layout Standard
14402 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14403 print them as single characters.
14404 These groups are known as
14409 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14411 Here are the standard ligatures:
14414 \begin_layout Itemize
14418 \begin_layout Itemize
14422 \begin_layout Itemize
14426 \begin_layout Itemize
14430 \begin_layout Itemize
14434 \begin_layout Standard
14435 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14438 \begin_layout Standard
14439 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14440 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14448 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14449 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14453 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14457 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14461 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14464 To break a ligature, use
14466 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14467 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14469 \begin_inset space ~
14476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14484 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14487 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14504 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14506 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14512 \begin_layout Subsection
14517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14518 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14526 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14533 \begin_layout Standard
14534 You have surely noticed, that the word
14535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14539 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14542 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14543 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14544 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14560 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14564 \begin_inset Note Note
14567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14568 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14569 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14573 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14576 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14577 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14582 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14586 \begin_layout Description
14587 LyX The name of the game, write
14588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14603 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14609 \begin_layout Description
14610 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14632 \begin_layout Description
14633 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 \begin_layout Description
14656 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14672 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14678 \begin_layout Standard
14679 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14680 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14684 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14692 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14693 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14694 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14697 : The actual version is
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14705 , the previous one was
14706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14716 \begin_layout Standard
14717 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14718 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14720 This will look in LyX like:
14721 \begin_inset Graphics
14722 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14727 \begin_inset Newline newline
14730 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14731 \begin_inset space ~
14735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14737 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14744 \begin_layout Subsection
14749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14758 \begin_layout Standard
14759 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14760 space between two words.
14761 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14771 for units use the menu
14773 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14774 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14776 \begin_inset space ~
14788 \begin_layout Standard
14789 Here's an example to show the differences:
14792 \begin_layout Standard
14793 \begin_inset Tabular
14794 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14796 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14797 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14804 \begin_inset space ~
14808 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14820 space between number and unit
14827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14832 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14836 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14848 half space between number and unit
14861 \begin_layout Subsection
14866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14867 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14873 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14882 \begin_layout Standard
14883 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14885 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14886 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14887 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14888 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14889 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14890 These bits of text became known as
14901 \begin_layout Standard
14902 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14903 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14904 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14905 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14906 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14907 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14908 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14911 \begin_layout Standard
14912 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14913 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14914 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14915 \begin_inset space ~
14919 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14921 key "latexcompanion"
14926 \begin_inset space ~
14930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14936 ] may have more information.
14937 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14940 \begin_layout Chapter
14941 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14944 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14951 \begin_layout Standard
14952 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14957 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14960 \begin_layout Section
14965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14972 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14981 \begin_layout Standard
14982 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14985 \begin_layout Description
14987 \begin_inset space ~
14990 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14991 \begin_inset Newline newline
14995 \begin_inset Note Note
14998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14999 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15007 \begin_layout Description
15008 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15009 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15011 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15012 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15013 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15016 \begin_inset Newline newline
15020 \begin_inset Note Comment
15023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15024 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15032 \begin_layout Description
15034 \begin_inset space ~
15037 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15038 \begin_inset Newline newline
15042 \begin_inset Newline newline
15046 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15055 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15056 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15057 How this can be done is explained in the
15066 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15072 \begin_inset Newline newline
15076 \begin_inset Newline newline
15079 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15080 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15083 \begin_layout Standard
15084 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15085 \begin_inset Graphics
15086 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15088 scaleBeforeRotation
15094 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15098 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15101 \begin_layout Section
15106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15113 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15115 name "sec:Footnotes"
15122 \begin_layout Standard
15123 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15129 or the toolbar button
15130 \begin_inset Graphics
15131 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15144 \begin_inset Graphics
15145 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15155 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15165 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15184 label, the box will
15188 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15189 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15202 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15218 \begin_layout Standard
15219 Here's an example footnote:
15227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15228 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
15236 \begin_layout Standard
15237 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15238 position where the footnote box is placed.
15239 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15240 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15241 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15242 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15243 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15248 ey are described in the
15255 \begin_layout Section
15260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15267 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15269 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15276 \begin_layout Standard
15277 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15278 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15282 \begin_inset space ~
15287 or the toolbar button
15288 \begin_inset Graphics
15289 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15309 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15313 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15316 appearing within your text.
15317 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15326 \begin_layout Standard
15327 At the side is an example marginal note.
15331 \begin_inset Marginal
15334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15335 This is a marginal note.
15343 \begin_layout Standard
15344 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15345 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15346 pages, right on odd pages.
15349 \begin_layout Section
15350 Graphics and Images
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15373 name "sec:Graphics"
15380 \begin_layout Standard
15381 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15382 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15383 \begin_inset Graphics
15384 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15390 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15394 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15397 \begin_layout Standard
15398 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15403 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15404 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
15405 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15407 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15408 \begin_inset space ~
15412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15414 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15421 \begin_layout Standard
15426 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15427 of the image in the output.
15428 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15432 \begin_inset space ~
15436 \begin_inset space ~
15445 \begin_inset space ~
15449 \begin_inset space ~
15453 \begin_inset space ~
15458 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15459 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15467 \begin_layout Standard
15468 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
15473 You can also set the
15477 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
15478 This option is explained in section
15479 \begin_inset space ~
15483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15485 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15493 \begin_inset space ~
15498 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
15499 image size is printed.
15502 \begin_layout Standard
15503 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
15504 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15506 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
15507 centered paragraph:
15510 \begin_layout Standard
15512 \begin_inset Graphics
15513 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15515 rotateOrigin center
15522 \begin_layout Standard
15523 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15524 the image into a float, see section
15525 \begin_inset space ~
15529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15531 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15538 \begin_layout Subsection
15543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15552 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15559 \begin_layout Standard
15560 You can insert images in any known file format.
15561 But as we explained in section
15562 \begin_inset space ~
15566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15568 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15572 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15573 LyX uses therefore the program
15577 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15578 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15579 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15580 \begin_inset space ~
15584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15586 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15593 \begin_layout Standard
15594 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15597 \begin_layout Description
15599 \begin_inset space ~
15602 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15603 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15604 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15608 Graphics Interchange Format
15609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15612 (GIF, file extension
15613 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15657 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15660 Portable Network Graphics
15661 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15664 (PNG, file extension
15665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15712 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15716 (JPG, file extension
15717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15725 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15775 \begin_layout Description
15777 \begin_inset space ~
15780 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15782 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15783 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15784 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15785 \begin_inset Newline newline
15788 Scalable image formats can be
15789 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15792 Scalable Vector Graphics
15793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15796 (SVG, file extension
15797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15805 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15844 Encapsulated PostScript
15845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15848 (EPS, file extension
15849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15896 Portable Document Format
15897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15900 (PDF, file extension
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15923 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15924 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15925 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15931 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15939 \begin_layout Standard
15940 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15944 \begin_layout Section
15949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15965 \begin_layout Standard
15966 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
15967 \begin_inset Graphics
15968 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
15975 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15979 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15980 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15981 from the rest of the table.
15982 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15983 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15985 Here's an example table:
15988 \begin_layout Standard
15990 \begin_inset Tabular
15991 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15993 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15994 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15995 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
15996 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16196 \begin_layout Subsection
16200 \begin_layout Standard
16201 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16202 brings up the table dialog.
16203 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16204 where the cursor is placed currently.
16205 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16206 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16207 done on all of your selection.
16210 \begin_layout Standard
16211 Additionally to the table dialog the
16214 \begin_inset space ~
16219 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16221 It is for example currently only possible to add
16222 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16229 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16232 \begin_layout Standard
16236 \begin_inset space ~
16241 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16242 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16243 current cell respectively.
16244 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16246 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16247 of text, see section
16248 \begin_inset space ~
16252 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16254 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16261 \begin_layout Standard
16262 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16268 This will merge the cells to
16272 cell, spread over more than one column.
16273 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16274 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16275 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16276 in the last row without the upper border:
16279 \begin_layout Standard
16281 \begin_inset Tabular
16282 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16283 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16284 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16285 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16286 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16287 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16298 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16307 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16383 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 \begin_layout Standard
16419 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16420 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16421 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16422 explained in the tables section of the
16425 \begin_inset space ~
16431 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16432 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16435 degrees counterclockwise.
16436 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16439 \begin_layout Standard
16440 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16448 Most DVI-viewers are
16452 able to display rotations.
16460 \begin_layout Standard
16465 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16470 adds lines for all cell borders.
16473 \begin_layout Subsection
16478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16479 Tables ! Longtables
16488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16497 \begin_layout Standard
16498 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16501 \begin_inset space ~
16505 \begin_inset space ~
16514 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16515 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16518 \begin_layout Description
16523 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16524 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16525 except for the first page, if
16528 \begin_inset space ~
16536 \begin_layout Description
16540 \begin_inset space ~
16545 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16546 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16549 \begin_layout Description
16554 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16555 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16556 except for the last page, if
16559 \begin_inset space ~
16567 \begin_layout Description
16571 \begin_inset space ~
16576 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16577 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16580 \begin_layout Standard
16581 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16582 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16583 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16584 The others will then be defined as
16589 In this context, first means first in this order:
16592 \begin_inset space ~
16604 \begin_inset space ~
16610 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16613 \begin_layout Standard
16615 \begin_inset Tabular
16616 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16617 <features islongtable="true">
16618 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16619 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16620 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16621 <row endfirsthead="true">
16622 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16628 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16633 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16642 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16652 <row endfirsthead="true">
16653 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16664 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16673 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16685 <row endhead="true">
16686 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16697 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16706 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16716 <row endhead="true">
16717 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16728 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16737 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16749 <row endfoot="true">
16750 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16761 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16770 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16801 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17742 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17751 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17760 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17771 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17802 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17833 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17864 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17895 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17926 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17957 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17988 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18019 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18050 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18081 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18112 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18143 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18174 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18205 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18236 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18267 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18298 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18329 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18360 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18391 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18422 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18453 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18484 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18515 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18546 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18577 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18608 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18639 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18670 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18701 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18731 <row endlastfoot="true">
18732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18743 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 \begin_layout Subsection
18774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18783 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18790 \begin_layout Standard
18791 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18792 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18793 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18794 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18798 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18799 for the cell's paragraph.
18802 \begin_layout Standard
18803 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18804 for the column in the table dialog.
18805 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18806 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18810 \begin_layout Standard
18812 \begin_inset Tabular
18813 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18815 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18816 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18817 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18906 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18962 This is longer now.
18967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19018 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19019 This is longer now.
19024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19050 \begin_layout Standard
19051 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19052 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19053 Selection with the mouse or with
19057 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19058 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19059 the selection from outside the table.
19062 \begin_layout Section
19067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19074 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19083 \begin_layout Standard
19084 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19085 have a fixed location.
19087 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19091 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19094 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19102 \begin_inset space ~
19107 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19108 too much notes at the page.
19111 \begin_layout Standard
19112 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19113 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19114 and pages without text.
19115 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19116 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19117 Floats are therefore numbered.
19118 Referencing is described in section
19119 \begin_inset space ~
19123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19125 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19132 \begin_layout Standard
19133 To insert a float, use the menu
19135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19139 A box with a caption that has e.
19140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19144 \begin_inset space ~
19148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19152 \begin_inset space ~
19156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19159 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19160 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19162 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19172 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19173 paragraph within the float.
19174 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19175 by left-clicking on the box label.
19176 A closed float box looks like this:
19177 \begin_inset Graphics
19178 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19183 -- a gray button with a red label.
19186 \begin_layout Standard
19187 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19188 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19191 \begin_layout Subsection
19195 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 Floats ! Figure floats
19207 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19209 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19216 \begin_layout Standard
19219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19220 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19223 inserts a float with the label
19224 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19230 \begin_inset space ~
19236 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19240 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19241 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19242 This is what we did for Figure
19243 \begin_inset space ~
19247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19249 reference "cap:Platypus"
19254 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19255 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19256 This was done in Figure
19257 \begin_inset space ~
19261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19263 reference "cap:Escher"
19270 \begin_layout Standard
19271 \begin_inset Float figure
19276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19278 \begin_inset Graphics
19279 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19281 rotateOrigin center
19288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19289 \begin_inset Caption
19291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19292 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19294 name "cap:Platypus"
19298 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19311 \begin_layout Standard
19312 \begin_inset Float figure
19317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19318 \begin_inset Caption
19320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19321 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19338 \begin_inset Graphics
19339 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19341 rotateOrigin center
19353 \begin_layout Standard
19354 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19356 As described in section
19357 \begin_inset space ~
19361 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19363 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19367 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19372 and refer to it using the menu
19374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19378 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19380 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19384 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19387 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19399 \begin_layout Standard
19400 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19401 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19402 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19403 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19405 \begin_inset space ~
19409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19411 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19415 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19416 You can also set the images one below the other.
19418 \begin_inset space ~
19422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19424 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19429 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19431 reference "fig:Platypus"
19435 are the subfigures.
19438 \begin_layout Standard
19439 \begin_inset Float figure
19444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19445 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19449 \begin_inset Float figure
19454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19455 \begin_inset Caption
19457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19458 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19460 name "fig:Undefinable"
19472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19473 \begin_inset Graphics
19474 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19485 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19489 \begin_inset Float figure
19494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19495 \begin_inset Caption
19497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19500 name "fig:Platypus"
19512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19513 \begin_inset Graphics
19514 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19526 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19533 \begin_inset Caption
19535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19538 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19542 Two distorted images.
19555 \begin_layout Standard
19556 Note that the caption is added to the
19559 \begin_inset space ~
19563 \begin_inset space ~
19568 as described in section
19569 \begin_inset space ~
19573 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19575 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19582 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19588 Floats ! Table floats
19594 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19596 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19603 \begin_layout Standard
19604 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19606 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19607 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19611 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19614 \begin_inset space ~
19618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19620 reference "cap:Table-float"
19624 is an example of a table float.
19627 \begin_layout Standard
19628 \begin_inset Float table
19633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19634 \begin_inset Caption
19636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19637 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19639 name "cap:Table-float"
19651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 \begin_inset Tabular
19654 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19656 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19657 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19658 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19785 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19808 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19829 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19850 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19856 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19864 \begin_layout Standard
19865 This float type is inserted with the menu
19867 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19868 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19872 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19873 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19877 , described in section
19878 \begin_inset space ~
19882 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19884 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19891 \begin_layout Standard
19892 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19900 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19906 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19909 \begin_layout Standard
19914 floatname{algorithm}{your
19915 \begin_inset space ~
19921 \begin_layout Standard
19922 to the document preamble (menu
19924 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19931 \begin_inset space ~
19937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19951 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
19963 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19965 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
19972 \begin_layout Standard
19973 \begin_inset Wrap figure
19980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19981 \begin_inset Graphics
19982 filename clipart/mobius.eps
19984 rotateOrigin center
19991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19992 \begin_inset Caption
19994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19997 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20001 This is a wrapped figure.
20002 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20015 This float type is used if you want to
20016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20023 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20025 It can be inserted using the menu
20027 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20028 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20030 \begin_inset space ~
20035 if the LaTeX-package
20043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20044 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20054 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20057 \begin_inset space ~
20067 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20070 \begin_inset space ~
20074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20076 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20080 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20081 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20089 Available units are explained in Appendix
20090 \begin_inset space ~
20094 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20096 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20105 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20109 \begin_layout Standard
20110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20118 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20119 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20120 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20121 over some other text.
20129 \begin_layout Itemize
20130 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20131 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20132 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20133 breaks will appear.
20136 \begin_layout Itemize
20137 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20138 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20141 \begin_layout Itemize
20142 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20143 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20146 \begin_layout Itemize
20147 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20150 \begin_layout Subsection
20152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20154 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20171 \begin_layout Standard
20172 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20173 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20177 \begin_inset space ~
20185 \begin_layout Standard
20186 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
20187 a two-column document).
20188 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20189 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20196 \begin_layout Standard
20197 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20198 format is also the same: Table
20199 \begin_inset space ~
20203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20205 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20209 is an example of a rotated table float.
20212 \begin_layout Standard
20213 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20221 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20229 \begin_layout Standard
20230 \begin_inset Float table
20235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20236 \begin_inset Caption
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20241 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20255 \begin_inset Tabular
20256 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20258 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20259 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20260 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20261 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20262 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20322 \begin_layout Subsection
20324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20326 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20343 \begin_layout Standard
20344 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20345 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20346 \begin_inset Newline newline
20352 \begin_inset space ~
20357 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20358 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20360 \begin_inset Newline newline
20366 \begin_inset space ~
20371 is used to rotate floats, see section
20372 \begin_inset space ~
20376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20378 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20385 \begin_layout Standard
20386 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20387 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20390 \begin_inset space ~
20394 \begin_inset space ~
20402 \begin_layout Description
20404 \begin_inset space ~
20408 \begin_inset space ~
20411 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20414 \begin_layout Description
20416 \begin_inset space ~
20420 \begin_inset space ~
20423 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20426 \begin_layout Description
20428 \begin_inset space ~
20432 \begin_inset space ~
20435 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20438 \begin_layout Description
20440 \begin_inset space ~
20444 \begin_inset space ~
20447 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20450 \begin_layout Standard
20451 The order of the above option is
20456 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20460 \begin_inset space ~
20464 \begin_inset space ~
20472 \begin_inset space ~
20476 \begin_inset space ~
20481 , and then the others.
20482 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20484 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20485 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20488 \begin_layout Standard
20489 By default, each options has its own rules:
20492 \begin_layout Standard
20496 \begin_inset space ~
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20505 only floats occupying less than 70
20506 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20509 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20512 \begin_layout Standard
20516 \begin_inset space ~
20520 \begin_inset space ~
20525 : only floats occupying less than 30
20526 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20529 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20532 \begin_layout Standard
20536 \begin_inset space ~
20540 \begin_inset space ~
20545 : only if more than 50
20546 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20549 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20553 \begin_layout Standard
20554 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20558 \begin_inset space ~
20562 \begin_inset space ~
20570 \begin_layout Standard
20571 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20572 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20573 For this case you can use the option
20576 \begin_inset space ~
20582 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20584 Because the float is then no longer able to
20585 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20589 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20592 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20595 \begin_layout Standard
20596 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20597 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20600 \begin_layout Standard
20601 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20603 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20605 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20612 \begin_layout Section
20617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20624 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20626 name "sec:Minipages"
20633 \begin_layout Standard
20634 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20636 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20637 \begin_inset space ~
20644 \begin_layout Standard
20645 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20647 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20651 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20652 and its alignment within the page.
20655 \begin_layout Standard
20657 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20666 height_special "totalheight"
20669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20672 This is a minipage.
20673 The text is set in an italic style.
20676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20679 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20680 another formatting.
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20689 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20692 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20696 as described in section
20697 \begin_inset space ~
20701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20703 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20708 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20714 \begin_layout Standard
20715 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20724 height_special "totalheight"
20727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20728 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20729 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20735 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20739 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20748 height_special "totalheight"
20751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20752 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20753 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20761 \begin_layout Standard
20762 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20768 \begin_layout Standard
20769 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20770 to other box types.
20771 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20782 \begin_layout Chapter
20783 Mathematical Formulas
20787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20828 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20841 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20844 \begin_layout Section
20849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20858 \begin_layout Standard
20859 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20860 \begin_inset Graphics
20861 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20866 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20868 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20869 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20870 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20872 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20878 \begin_layout Standard
20879 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20883 \begin_inset space ~
20888 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20891 \begin_layout Standard
20892 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20893 line, like this one:
20896 \begin_layout Standard
20897 This is a line with an inline formula
20898 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
20904 \begin_layout Standard
20905 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
20907 \begin_inset Formula \[
20912 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
20915 \begin_layout Standard
20916 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
20919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20932 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
20933 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
20937 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
20940 \begin_inset space ~
20948 \begin_layout Subsection
20949 Navigating in Formulas
20953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20963 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
20964 achieved with the arrow keys.
20965 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
20966 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
20971 will leave a formula construct (a square root
20972 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
20976 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
20980 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20982 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
20990 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
20995 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
20996 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
20999 \begin_layout Standard
21004 , printed in this document as
21005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21026 \begin_inset Note Note
21029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21030 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21031 space character (visible space).
21036 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21037 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21038 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21043 For example, if you want
21044 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 , since in the latter case only the
21101 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21106 will be under the square root sign:
21107 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21113 \begin_layout Standard
21114 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21116 \begin_inset Formula \[
21117 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21120 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21124 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21125 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21128 \begin_layout Subsection
21132 \begin_layout Standard
21133 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21134 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21138 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21139 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21140 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21141 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21142 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21145 \begin_layout Subsection
21146 Exponents and Subscripts
21150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21169 \begin_layout Standard
21170 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21171 way is to use a command.
21173 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21176 , type in a formula
21182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21198 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21204 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21208 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21229 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21238 , you have to use an extra
21242 to separate the hat and the character.
21245 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21266 Subscripts are similar: To get
21267 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21290 \begin_layout Subsection
21295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21304 \begin_layout Standard
21305 Create a fraction with either the command
21312 \begin_inset Graphics
21313 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21321 \begin_inset space ~
21327 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21328 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21329 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21334 To move back up, press
21339 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21340 \begin_inset Formula \[
21341 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21343 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21350 \begin_layout Subsection
21355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21364 \begin_layout Standard
21365 Roots can be created using the
21368 \begin_inset space ~
21374 \begin_inset Graphics
21375 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21398 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21404 produces always a square root.
21407 \begin_layout Subsection
21408 Operators with Limits
21412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21431 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21438 \begin_layout Standard
21440 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21444 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21447 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21448 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21449 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21450 The sum operator will automatically place its
21451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21458 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21461 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21465 \begin_inset Formula \[
21466 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21470 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21474 \begin_layout Standard
21475 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21477 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21478 behind the operator and hitting
21484 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21485 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21487 \begin_inset space ~
21491 \begin_inset space ~
21499 \begin_layout Standard
21500 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21501 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21505 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21508 feature as addition, such as
21512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21519 \begin_inset Formula \[
21520 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21524 which will place the
21525 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21537 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21538 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21552 Have a look at section
21553 \begin_inset space ~
21557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21559 reference "sub:Functions"
21563 for an explanation of function macros.
21566 \begin_layout Subsection
21571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21580 \begin_layout Standard
21581 Most math symbols can be found in the
21584 \begin_inset space ~
21589 under one of several categories; including
21606 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21610 \begin_layout Standard
21611 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21612 you don't have to use the
21615 \begin_inset space ~
21620 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21621 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21624 \begin_layout Subsection
21629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21638 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21645 \begin_layout Standard
21646 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21655 \begin_inset space ~
21661 \begin_inset Graphics
21662 filename ../images/math/space.png
21667 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21668 Here a example for the sequence
21673 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21677 \begin_inset Graphics
21678 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21683 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21684 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21685 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21686 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21691 \begin_layout Standard
21701 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21707 \begin_layout Standard
21717 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21723 \begin_layout Subsection
21728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21737 name "sub:Functions"
21744 \begin_layout Standard
21748 \begin_inset space ~
21753 contains under the button
21754 \begin_inset Graphics
21755 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21759 a number of functions, such as
21760 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21764 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21772 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21779 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21780 avoid confusions, because
21781 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21785 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21791 \begin_layout Standard
21792 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21794 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21798 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21804 \begin_layout Standard
21805 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21806 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21807 \begin_inset space ~
21811 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21813 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21820 \begin_layout Subsection
21825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21834 \begin_layout Standard
21835 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21837 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21838 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21840 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21843 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21844 Our example is entered by typing
21852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21865 \begin_inset space ~
21869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21871 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21875 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21878 \begin_layout Standard
21879 \begin_inset Float table
21884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21885 \begin_inset Caption
21887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21888 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21890 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
21894 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
21902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21904 \begin_inset Tabular
21905 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
21907 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
21911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21993 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22047 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22101 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22111 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22155 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22209 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22263 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22317 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22371 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22425 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22470 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22491 \begin_layout Standard
22492 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22495 \begin_inset space ~
22501 \begin_inset Graphics
22502 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22506 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22510 \begin_layout Section
22511 Brackets and Delimiters
22515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22532 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22534 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22541 \begin_layout Standard
22542 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22543 For most purposes, using just the keys
22548 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22549 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22552 \begin_inset space ~
22558 \begin_inset Graphics
22559 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22564 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22566 \begin_inset Formula \[
22567 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22569 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22573 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22574 \begin_inset Formula \[
22575 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22582 \begin_layout Standard
22583 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22584 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22587 \begin_layout Standard
22588 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22589 left side and right side.
22590 If you use the option
22593 \begin_inset space ~
22598 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22599 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22600 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22601 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22604 \begin_layout Standard
22605 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22606 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22607 inside the brackets.
22608 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22613 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22616 \begin_layout Standard
22617 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22628 \begin_layout Section
22633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22642 name "sec:Grouping"
22649 \begin_layout Standard
22650 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22651 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22662 \begin_layout Standard
22663 \begin_inset Formula \[
22664 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22671 \begin_layout Standard
22672 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22683 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22687 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22688 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22689 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22692 \begin_layout Section
22693 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22718 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22726 \begin_layout Standard
22727 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22730 \begin_inset space ~
22736 \begin_inset Graphics
22737 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22742 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22743 Here is an example:
22744 \begin_inset Formula \[
22745 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22748 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22752 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22753 \begin_inset space ~
22757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22759 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22764 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22765 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22766 This alignment is set in the box
22771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22816 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22819 for every column as default.
22820 For example, the sequence
22821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22832 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22833 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22834 corresponds to the relevant column.
22835 The result will look like this:
22836 \begin_inset Formula \[
22838 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22839 column & has & has\, right\\
22840 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22847 \begin_layout Standard
22848 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22852 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22853 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22855 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22861 \begin_layout Standard
22862 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22863 It can be created with the menu
22865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22866 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22868 \begin_inset space ~
22881 \begin_inset Formula \[
22885 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
22892 \begin_layout Standard
22893 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22896 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22904 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22913 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22921 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22922 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22923 A new row is created by every further hit of
22931 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
22932 Here is an example:
22933 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
22934 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
22935 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
22939 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
22940 where you want to start the shift and hit
22945 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
22946 position to the next column.
22947 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
22948 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
22949 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
22950 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
22957 \begin_layout Standard
22958 The multi-line formula type described here is called
22965 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
22966 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
22967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22969 reference "eq:asquared"
22974 The other types are described in section
22975 \begin_inset space ~
22979 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22981 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
22988 \begin_layout Section
22989 Formula Numbering and Referencing
22993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22994 Math ! Formula numbering
23003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23004 Math ! Referencing formulas
23010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23012 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23019 \begin_layout Standard
23020 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23022 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23023 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23025 \begin_inset space ~
23033 \begin_inset space ~
23039 The formula number appears in LyX as
23040 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23047 within parentheses.
23049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23056 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23058 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23059 the document class.
23060 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23061 separated by a dot:
23062 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23063 1+1=2\end{equation}
23070 \begin_inset space ~
23075 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23076 You can only number displayed formulas.
23079 \begin_layout Standard
23080 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23082 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23083 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23085 \begin_inset space ~
23089 \begin_inset space ~
23093 \begin_inset space ~
23101 \begin_inset space ~
23106 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23107 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23109 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23110 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23114 To number all lines use the shortcut
23117 \begin_inset space ~
23125 \begin_layout Standard
23126 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23129 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23130 A label is inserted with the menu
23132 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23135 when the cursor is in the formula.
23136 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23137 It is recommended to use the proposed
23138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23149 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23150 type when you have many labels in your document.
23151 We inserted in the following example the label
23152 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23159 in the second line:
23160 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23161 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23162 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23166 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23167 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23173 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23177 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23179 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23181 \begin_inset space ~
23187 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23188 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23189 as the formula number:
23192 \begin_layout Standard
23193 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23196 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23203 \begin_layout Standard
23204 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23205 \begin_inset space ~
23209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23211 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23216 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23219 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23222 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23227 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23235 \begin_layout Section
23236 User defined math macros
23240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23247 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23249 name "sec:math-macros"
23256 \begin_layout Standard
23257 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23258 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23259 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23261 \begin_inset Newline newline
23264 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23265 \begin_inset Formula \[
23266 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23270 The general form of its solution is:
23271 \begin_inset Formula \[
23272 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23279 \begin_layout Standard
23280 The macro should print the parameters
23281 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23285 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23289 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23292 like in the equation above.
23295 \begin_layout Standard
23296 A macro is created by executing the command
23299 \begin_layout Standard
23306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23329 \begin_inset space ~
23333 \begin_inset space ~
23339 \begin_layout Standard
23340 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23341 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23342 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23343 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23347 \begin_layout Standard
23348 We have three arguments and name the macro
23349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23356 , so that the command is:
23359 \begin_layout Standard
23366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23391 \begin_layout Standard
23392 This results in the following macro definition box:
23393 \begin_inset Graphics
23394 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23399 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23400 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23401 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23405 \begin_inset Note Note
23408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23409 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23410 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23419 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23420 the math panel or commands.
23421 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23422 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23424 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23433 for the first argument.
23434 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23435 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23436 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23437 in LyX with its full size.
23438 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23439 In our example we insert the sequence
23440 \begin_inset Newline newline
23468 \begin_inset Newline newline
23473 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23476 \begin_layout Standard
23477 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23488 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23492 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23495 \begin_layout Standard
23497 \begin_inset Graphics
23498 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23505 \begin_layout Standard
23506 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23507 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23508 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23509 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23510 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23513 \begin_layout Standard
23514 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23515 to the new definition.
23516 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23517 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23521 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23525 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23529 \begin_inset Formula \[
23537 \begin_layout Standard
23538 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23542 \begin_layout Standard
23556 \begin_inset Newline newline
23563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23589 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23592 \begin_layout Standard
23593 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23594 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23595 definition box in your document.
23596 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23598 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23600 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23605 \begin_layout Section
23609 \begin_layout Subsection
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23623 \begin_layout Standard
23624 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23625 To set a font in a formula, use the
23628 \begin_inset space ~
23634 \begin_inset Graphics
23635 filename ../images/math/font.png
23639 , or enter its command, listed in table
23640 \begin_inset space ~
23644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23646 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23653 \begin_layout Standard
23654 \begin_inset Float table
23659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23660 \begin_inset Caption
23662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23663 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23665 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23669 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23679 \begin_inset Tabular
23680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23715 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23742 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23769 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23802 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23829 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23856 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23890 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23917 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23951 \begin_layout Standard
23952 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23960 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23976 \begin_layout Standard
23977 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23978 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23983 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23984 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23985 Here an example where a
23986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23997 denotes the set of numbers:
23998 \begin_inset Formula \[
23999 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24006 \begin_layout Standard
24007 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24018 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24022 \begin_inset Newline newline
24025 So better don't use this feature.
24028 \begin_layout Standard
24029 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24030 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24034 \begin_inset Newline newline
24037 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24043 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24044 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24050 \begin_layout Standard
24057 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24061 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24064 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24066 \begin_inset space ~
24074 \begin_layout Subsection
24079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24088 \begin_layout Standard
24089 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24091 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24095 \begin_inset space ~
24099 \begin_inset space ~
24107 \begin_inset space ~
24113 \begin_inset Graphics
24114 filename ../images/math/font.png
24118 (alternatively the shortcut
24121 \begin_inset space ~
24127 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24128 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24129 Here is an example:
24130 \begin_inset Formula \[
24132 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24133 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24140 \begin_layout Subsection
24145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24154 \begin_layout Standard
24155 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24156 automatically chosen in most situations.
24174 For most characters,
24182 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24183 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24188 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24189 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24190 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24191 \begin_inset Graphics
24192 filename ../images/math/style.png
24197 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24198 For example, you can set
24199 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24202 , which is normally in
24211 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24215 The four styles are used in the following example:
24218 \begin_layout Standard
24219 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24223 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24227 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24231 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24238 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24239 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24241 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24243 \begin_inset space ~
24248 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24249 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24250 will be adjusted to correspond.
24251 As example a formula in the font size
24252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24262 \begin_layout Standard
24266 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24272 \begin_layout Section
24276 \begin_layout Standard
24277 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24278 the document classes and into layout modules.
24282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24288 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24289 other than the AMS classes.
24291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24293 reference "sub:Modules"
24297 for more on layout modules.
24300 \begin_layout Section
24305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24324 \begin_layout Standard
24325 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24326 (AMS) that are in common use.
24329 \begin_layout Subsection
24330 Enabling AMS-Support
24333 \begin_layout Standard
24334 Selecting the checkbox
24337 \begin_inset space ~
24341 \begin_inset space ~
24345 \begin_inset space ~
24352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24360 Document ! Settings
24368 \begin_inset space ~
24373 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24375 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24376 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24379 \begin_layout Subsection
24381 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24383 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24392 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24400 \begin_layout Standard
24401 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24402 LyX allows you to choose between
24423 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24426 \begin_layout Chapter
24430 \begin_layout Section
24435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24444 name "sec:Cross-References"
24451 \begin_layout Standard
24452 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24453 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24455 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24456 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24457 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24460 \begin_layout Enumerate
24464 \begin_layout Enumerate
24465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24467 name "enu:Second-item"
24474 \begin_layout Enumerate
24478 \begin_layout Standard
24479 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24481 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24484 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24485 \begin_inset Graphics
24486 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24492 A grey label box like this:
24493 \begin_inset Graphics
24494 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24499 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24500 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24502 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24535 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24536 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24551 \begin_layout Standard
24552 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24557 or the toolbar button
24558 \begin_inset Graphics
24559 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24565 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24566 \begin_inset Graphics
24567 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24572 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24574 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24587 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24589 Here is our cross-reference:
24592 \begin_layout Standard
24594 \begin_inset space ~
24598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24600 reference "enu:Second-item"
24607 \begin_layout Standard
24608 It is recommended to use a protected space
24612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24613 described in section
24614 \begin_inset space ~
24618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24620 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24629 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24633 \begin_layout Standard
24634 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24637 \begin_layout Description
24638 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24639 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24641 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24648 \begin_layout Description
24649 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24650 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24662 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24669 \begin_layout Description
24670 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24671 \begin_inset space ~
24675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24676 LatexCommand pageref
24677 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24684 \begin_layout Description
24686 \begin_inset space ~
24690 \begin_inset space ~
24693 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24695 LatexCommand vpageref
24696 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24703 \begin_layout Description
24705 \begin_inset space ~
24709 \begin_inset space ~
24713 \begin_inset space ~
24716 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24718 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24720 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24727 \begin_layout Description
24729 \begin_inset space ~
24732 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24733 \begin_inset Newline newline
24737 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24745 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24754 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24767 \begin_layout Standard
24768 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24769 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24775 \begin_inset space ~
24779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24793 \begin_layout Standard
24794 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24795 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24796 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24800 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24804 \begin_layout Standard
24805 You can only use the style
24809 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24813 is always possible.
24816 \begin_layout Standard
24817 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24818 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24819 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24820 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24821 \begin_inset space ~
24825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24827 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24834 \begin_layout Standard
24838 \begin_inset space ~
24842 \begin_inset space ~
24847 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24848 The button text changes then to
24851 \begin_inset space ~
24856 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24857 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24858 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24862 \begin_layout Standard
24863 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24864 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24865 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24868 \begin_layout Standard
24869 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24870 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24873 \begin_layout Standard
24874 References are described in detail in the
24881 \begin_layout Section
24882 Table of Contents and other Listings
24886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24912 \begin_layout Subsection
24914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24916 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24923 \begin_layout Standard
24924 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24927 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24929 \begin_inset space ~
24933 \begin_inset space ~
24939 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24940 If you click on it, the
24944 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24945 sections in your documents.
24946 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24951 that is described in sec.
24952 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24956 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24958 reference "sec:Navigating"
24965 \begin_layout Standard
24966 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24967 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24969 \begin_inset space ~
24973 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24975 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24979 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24981 \begin_inset space ~
24985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24987 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24991 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24993 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24996 \begin_layout Subsection
24997 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25000 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25007 \begin_layout Standard
25008 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25009 You can insert them via the
25011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25013 \begin_inset space ~
25017 \begin_inset space ~
25023 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25026 \begin_layout Section
25027 URLs and Hyperlinks
25031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25048 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25057 \begin_layout Subsection
25061 \begin_layout Standard
25062 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25064 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25070 \begin_layout Standard
25071 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25072 \begin_inset Flex URL
25075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25085 \begin_layout Standard
25086 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25092 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25097 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25105 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25113 \begin_layout Subsection
25117 \begin_layout Standard
25118 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25120 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25123 or with the toolbar button
25124 \begin_inset Graphics
25125 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25126 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25131 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25140 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25141 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25142 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25144 name "LyX's homepage"
25145 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25149 , an Email address like this:
25150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25152 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25153 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25158 , or a link to a file.
25161 \begin_layout Standard
25162 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25164 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25175 to the link target.
25178 \begin_layout Standard
25179 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25180 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25181 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25182 the text style dialog.
25183 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25187 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25189 name "LyX's homepage"
25190 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25197 \begin_layout Standard
25198 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25202 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25204 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25205 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25209 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25211 \begin_inset Newline newline
25219 \begin_inset Newline newline
25226 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25229 \begin_layout Section
25234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25243 name "sec:Appendices"
25250 \begin_layout Standard
25251 Appendices are created with the menu
25253 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25255 \begin_inset space ~
25259 \begin_inset space ~
25265 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25266 as appendix region.
25267 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25270 \begin_layout Standard
25271 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25272 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25273 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25274 and the subsection number.
25275 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25279 \begin_layout Standard
25281 \begin_inset space ~
25285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25287 reference "cha:Credits"
25292 \begin_inset space ~
25296 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25298 reference "sub:Export"
25305 \begin_layout Section
25310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25319 name "sec:Bibliography"
25326 \begin_layout Standard
25327 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25328 You can include a bibliography database
25332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25333 Known under the name
25334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25346 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25348 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25352 , described in section
25353 \begin_inset space ~
25357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25359 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25366 \begin_layout Standard
25371 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25373 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25382 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25384 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25393 , a short form of its title, as key.
25396 \begin_layout Standard
25397 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25399 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25402 or the toolbar button
25403 \begin_inset Graphics
25404 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25405 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25410 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25411 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25412 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25413 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25417 \begin_layout Standard
25418 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25419 with surrounding brackets.
25424 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25425 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25431 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25437 \begin_layout Standard
25440 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25443 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25445 key "latexcompanion"
25452 \begin_layout Standard
25453 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25454 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25463 \begin_layout Subsection
25464 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25469 Bibliography ! Databases
25478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25479 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25487 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25494 \begin_layout Standard
25495 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25497 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25499 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25500 your working field in a database.
25501 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25502 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25505 \begin_layout Standard
25506 The database is a text file with the file extension
25507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25518 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25519 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25520 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25522 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25527 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25529 \begin_inset Newline newline
25533 \begin_inset Flex URL
25536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25538 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25544 \begin_inset Newline newline
25547 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25550 \begin_layout Standard
25551 To use a database, use the menu
25553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25558 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25571 \begin_inset space ~
25577 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25578 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25581 \begin_layout Standard
25582 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25583 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25594 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25595 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25596 take care of the layout.
25599 \begin_layout Standard
25600 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25603 \begin_layout Standard
25604 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25610 \begin_layout Standard
25611 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25613 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25647 \begin_inset space ~
25653 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25661 \begin_layout Standard
25662 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25668 \begin_layout Standard
25669 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25670 the two methods of creating them.
25671 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25672 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25673 We used the style file
25677 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25680 \begin_layout Subsection
25681 Bibliography layout
25685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25686 Bibliography ! Layout
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25695 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25696 For this feature you need to use the option
25702 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25710 Document ! Settings
25720 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25721 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25722 in the previous section.
25725 \begin_layout Standard
25726 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25727 in the citation reference window.
25728 Here an example where we set the text
25729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25733 \begin_inset space ~
25737 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25740 to appear after the reference:
25743 \begin_layout Standard
25745 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25748 key "latexcompanion"
25755 \begin_layout Section
25760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25776 \begin_layout Standard
25777 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25779 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25781 \begin_inset space ~
25786 or the toolbar button
25787 \begin_inset Graphics
25788 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25795 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25806 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25807 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25808 by LyX as index entry.
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25812 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25813 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25815 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25817 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25824 \begin_layout Standard
25825 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25829 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25833 \begin_inset space ~
25837 \begin_inset space ~
25840 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25842 \begin_inset space ~
25848 A light blue box labeled
25849 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25857 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25860 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25861 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25864 \begin_layout Subsection
25865 Grouping Index Entries
25869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25878 \begin_layout Standard
25879 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25881 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25882 lists under the entry
25883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25891 First we create the entry
25892 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25896 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25906 reference "sub:Lists"
25911 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25912 \begin_inset space ~
25916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25918 reference "sec:Itemize"
25922 , we insert the command
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25931 \begin_layout Standard
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25942 for the enumerated list in section
25943 \begin_inset space ~
25947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25949 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25956 \begin_layout Standard
25957 The exclamation mark
25958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25965 marks the grouping levels.
25966 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25967 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25968 If we don't have an index entry for
25969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25976 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25979 \begin_layout Subsection
25984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25985 Index ! Page ranges
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25994 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25996 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25997 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25999 \begin_inset space ~
26003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26005 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26012 \begin_layout Standard
26015 Paragraph environments|(
26018 \begin_layout Standard
26019 and another entry at the end of section
26020 \begin_inset space ~
26024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26026 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26033 \begin_layout Standard
26036 Paragraph environments|)
26039 \begin_layout Standard
26041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26061 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26064 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26065 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26066 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26067 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26068 An example is the index entry
26069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26072 Document ! Settings
26073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26079 \begin_layout Subsection
26084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26085 Index ! Cross referencing
26093 \begin_layout Standard
26094 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26095 We referred for example in the index entry
26096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26104 \begin_inset space ~
26108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26110 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26114 ) to the index entry
26115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26122 in the same section using the entry
26125 \begin_layout Standard
26128 GIF|see{Image formats}
26131 \begin_layout Standard
26132 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26133 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26134 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26137 \begin_layout Subsection
26142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26143 Index ! Entry order
26151 \begin_layout Standard
26152 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26153 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26154 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26159 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26161 \begin_inset space ~
26165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26167 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26176 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26177 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26194 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26206 Dummy entries ! maïs
26215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26216 Dummy entries ! maître
26225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26226 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26231 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26232 order maïs, maison, maître.
26233 To achieve this, we use the command
26236 \begin_layout Standard
26239 previous entry@current entry
26242 \begin_layout Standard
26243 In our case we want to have
26244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26248 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26252 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26259 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26262 \begin_layout Standard
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26269 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26270 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26274 \begin_layout Subsection
26279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26280 Index ! Entry layout
26288 \begin_layout Standard
26289 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26296 This is an italic dummy entry
26301 You can also format the page number using the character
26302 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26309 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26310 We can write for example
26313 \begin_layout Standard
26316 italic page number:|textit
26319 \begin_layout Standard
26320 to get the page number in italic.
26324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26325 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26330 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26348 \begin_inset space ~
26354 Have a look at section
26355 \begin_inset space ~
26359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26361 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26365 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26368 \begin_layout Standard
26369 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26377 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26381 to generate the index, see section
26382 \begin_inset space ~
26386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26388 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26397 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26398 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26400 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26403 key "latexcompanion"
26415 \begin_layout Standard
26416 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26418 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26419 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26420 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26421 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26422 If so, put the following in preamble
26425 \begin_layout Standard
26437 \begin_layout Standard
26441 \begin_layout Standard
26447 \begin_layout Standard
26448 into the index entry.
26452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26453 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26458 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26459 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26460 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26464 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26466 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26470 \begin_inset space ~
26473 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26474 for all index entries.
26475 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26487 documentation for details,
26488 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26490 key "makeindex,xindy"
26497 \begin_layout Subsection
26502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26509 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26511 name "sub:Index-Program"
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 When the index entry program
26523 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26524 generation, otherwise the program
26528 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26529 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26530 dialog, see section
26531 \begin_inset space ~
26535 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26537 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26542 The available options are listed and explained in
26543 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26545 key "makeindex,xindy"
26550 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26553 \begin_layout Standard
26558 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26559 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26561 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26563 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26564 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26572 \begin_layout Section
26573 Nomenclature / Glossary
26577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26618 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26626 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26627 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26631 \begin_layout Standard
26632 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26641 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26647 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26648 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26654 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26657 \begin_layout Standard
26658 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26659 and then use the menu
26661 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26667 \begin_inset space ~
26672 or the toolbar button
26673 \begin_inset Graphics
26674 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26692 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26695 \begin_layout Standard
26696 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26697 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26698 The second is the description of the symbol.
26701 \begin_layout Standard
26702 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26710 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26718 \begin_layout Subsection
26719 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26724 Nomenclature ! Layout
26732 \begin_layout Standard
26733 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26737 field as LaTeX-formula.
26739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26743 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26751 \begin_inset Newline newline
26759 \begin_inset Newline newline
26765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26772 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26773 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26785 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26795 \begin_layout Standard
26796 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26797 \begin_inset space ~
26801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26803 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26810 \begin_layout Standard
26814 \begin_inset space ~
26819 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26820 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26821 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26825 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26832 in this document is:
26833 \begin_inset Newline newline
26838 dummy entry for the character
26843 \begin_inset Newline newline
26855 \begin_inset space ~
26865 font use the command
26894 \begin_layout Subsection
26895 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26900 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26908 \begin_layout Standard
26909 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26910 the symbol definition.
26911 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26912 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26915 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26916 LatexCommand nomenclature
26918 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26925 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26929 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26930 LatexCommand nomenclature
26933 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26938 They will be sorted by
26939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26961 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26965 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26968 will be sorted before the
26972 since the character
26973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26980 is considered in sorting.
26983 \begin_layout Standard
26984 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26987 \begin_inset space ~
26992 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26993 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26995 For the given example, you can insert
26999 to this field for the
27000 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27007 will be located before
27008 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27014 \begin_layout Standard
27015 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27020 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27029 \begin_layout Subsection
27030 Nomenclature Options
27034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27035 Nomenclature ! Options
27043 \begin_layout Standard
27048 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27049 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27052 \begin_layout Description
27053 refeq Appends the phrase
27054 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27069 to every nomenclature entry, where
27075 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27078 \begin_layout Description
27079 refpage Appends the phrase
27080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27095 to every nomenclature entry, where
27101 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27104 \begin_layout Description
27105 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27108 \begin_layout Standard
27109 There are furthermore the options
27153 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27157 \begin_layout Standard
27158 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27159 class options list in the
27161 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27165 In this document the options
27176 \begin_layout Standard
27177 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27183 \begin_layout Standard
27184 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27185 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27190 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27193 \begin_layout Description
27203 \begin_layout Description
27206 nomrefpage Like the
27213 \begin_layout Description
27216 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27225 \begin_layout Description
27229 \begin_inset space ~
27235 \begin_inset space ~
27240 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27243 \begin_layout Subsection
27244 Printing the Nomenclature
27248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27249 Nomenclature ! Printing
27257 \begin_layout Standard
27258 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27260 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27262 \begin_inset space ~
27266 \begin_inset space ~
27269 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27273 A light blue box labeled
27274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27285 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27286 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27289 \begin_layout Standard
27290 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27299 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27307 For example, in order to change the name to
27311 , add the following line to the preamble:
27314 \begin_layout Standard
27322 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27325 \begin_layout Standard
27326 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27332 \begin_layout Standard
27333 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27334 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27345 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27348 \begin_layout Standard
27351 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27352 \begin_inset space ~
27356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27358 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27363 The default value is 1
27364 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27370 \begin_layout Section
27375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27386 Document ! Branches
27392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27394 name "sec:Branches"
27401 \begin_layout Standard
27402 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27403 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27404 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27405 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27409 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27410 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27411 To create a branch, go in the
27413 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27421 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27422 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27425 \begin_layout Standard
27426 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27427 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27429 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27432 where you can choose a branch.
27433 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27436 \begin_layout Standard
27437 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27438 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27441 \begin_layout Standard
27442 \begin_inset Branch Question
27445 \begin_layout Standard
27446 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27458 \begin_layout Standard
27459 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27468 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27475 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27476 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27478 For example you can define for the question branch
27482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27483 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27484 \begin_inset space ~
27488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27490 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27502 \begin_layout Standard
27512 \begin_layout Standard
27522 \begin_layout Standard
27523 and for the answer branch
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27546 \begin_layout Standard
27547 \begin_inset Branch Question
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27582 \begin_layout Standard
27583 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27618 \begin_layout Standard
27619 Now it is possible to use the commands
27623 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27630 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27633 to obtain conditional output.
27634 Here is an example formula where only the
27641 \begin_inset Formula \[
27642 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27650 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27651 \begin_inset space ~
27655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27657 reference "sec:math-macros"
27664 \begin_layout Section
27665 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27666 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27668 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27675 \begin_layout Subsection
27680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27687 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27689 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27696 \begin_layout Standard
27697 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27698 constructs, but not all.
27699 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27700 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27701 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27702 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27703 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27708 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27710 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27712 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27714 \begin_inset space ~
27719 or by the toolbar button
27720 \begin_inset Graphics
27721 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27726 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27730 \begin_layout Standard
27731 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27732 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27733 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27740 , you can write the command part
27746 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27750 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27751 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27752 the following example:
27755 \begin_layout Standard
27756 \begin_inset Graphics
27757 filename clipart/ERT.png
27765 \begin_layout Standard
27769 \begin_layout Standard
27770 This is a line with a
27774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27797 \begin_layout Standard
27798 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27806 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27807 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27815 \begin_layout Subsection
27816 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27817 \begin_inset OptArg
27820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27837 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27839 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27846 \begin_layout Standard
27847 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27848 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27849 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27858 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27859 every time if you know the right commands.
27861 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27862 the end of the day.
27863 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27864 all caption labels bold.
27865 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27867 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27870 \begin_layout Standard
27871 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27872 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27873 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27875 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27885 As result you know that the package
27893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27894 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
27900 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
27902 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27908 \begin_layout Standard
27913 usepackage[options]{package name}
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27917 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
27918 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
27919 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27923 In your case the package name is
27928 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
27933 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
27934 So you add the command
27937 \begin_layout Standard
27942 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
27945 \begin_layout Standard
27946 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
27950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27951 For more commands provided by the
27955 package, have a look at its documentation,
27956 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27970 \begin_layout Standard
27971 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
27973 For example if you use a
27977 class, you don't need the package
27981 , you can instead write
27984 \begin_layout Standard
27989 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
27994 \begin_layout Standard
27995 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
27996 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
27997 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28004 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28007 \begin_layout Standard
28008 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28009 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28011 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28012 the previous section.
28015 \begin_layout Standard
28016 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28018 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28020 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28028 \begin_layout Section
28029 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28040 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28042 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28059 \begin_layout Standard
28060 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28061 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28062 to break your train of thought with
28064 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28070 \begin_layout Standard
28071 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28072 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28081 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28086 as explained below, and turn on
28089 \begin_inset space ~
28096 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28102 \begin_inset space ~
28106 \begin_inset space ~
28109 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28115 \begin_layout Standard
28116 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28118 Previews of an already loaded document are
28122 generated just by selecting the
28125 \begin_inset space ~
28130 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28133 \begin_layout Standard
28134 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28135 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28138 \begin_inset space ~
28143 check box in the insert dialog.
28144 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28148 \begin_layout Standard
28149 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28153 (on some systems named simply
28158 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28160 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28166 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28167 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28175 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28179 \begin_layout Standard
28180 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28186 \begin_layout Standard
28187 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28191 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28193 \begin_inset space ~
28198 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28199 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28201 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28202 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28203 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28204 the source view window.
28207 \begin_layout Section
28209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28211 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28228 \begin_layout Standard
28229 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28230 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28247 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28253 can be seen as successor of
28257 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28262 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28263 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28271 \begin_layout Standard
28272 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28273 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28280 \begin_layout Standard
28283 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28286 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28287 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28288 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28289 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28290 scrolled so that it is visible.
28295 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28297 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28301 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28302 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28309 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28313 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28314 will bring an error message.
28315 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28316 specifying a different
28318 Alternative language
28320 in preferences dialog.
28323 \begin_layout Standard
28324 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28327 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28332 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28333 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28335 But you can use the
28338 \begin_inset space ~
28342 \begin_inset space ~
28350 \begin_layout Standard
28351 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28352 This does work with
28356 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28359 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28363 \begin_layout Standard
28368 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28371 \begin_layout Description
28373 \begin_inset space ~
28376 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28377 should consider, e.g.
28378 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28379 This should not normally be needed.
28382 \begin_layout Description
28384 \begin_inset space ~
28387 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28388 as your personal dictionary
28391 \begin_layout Description
28393 \begin_inset space ~
28397 \begin_inset space ~
28400 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28412 \begin_layout Description
28414 \begin_inset space ~
28418 \begin_inset space ~
28421 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28423 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28430 also for the spellchecker.
28434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28435 The encodings are explained in section
28436 \begin_inset space ~
28440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28442 reference "sub:Settings"
28451 Only enable this if you use
28455 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28456 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28457 so this is disabled by default.
28460 \begin_layout Section
28465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28474 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28481 \begin_layout Standard
28482 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28489 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28492 or the toolbar button
28493 \begin_inset Graphics
28494 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28495 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28496 rotateOrigin center
28501 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28505 \begin_layout Standard
28506 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28507 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28508 cases to find related words.
28511 \begin_layout Standard
28512 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28514 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28522 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28527 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28531 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28550 \begin_layout Section
28555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28566 Document ! Change Tracking
28572 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28574 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28581 \begin_layout Standard
28582 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28583 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28584 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28585 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28587 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28589 \begin_inset space ~
28592 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28594 \begin_inset space ~
28602 \begin_layout Standard
28603 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28612 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28615 \begin_inset space ~
28619 \begin_inset space ~
28632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28641 \begin_layout Standard
28642 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28655 \begin_layout Standard
28656 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28662 \begin_layout Standard
28663 \begin_inset Graphics
28664 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28671 \begin_layout Standard
28672 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28678 \begin_layout Standard
28679 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28683 \begin_layout Standard
28684 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28690 \begin_layout Standard
28691 \begin_inset Tabular
28692 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28693 <features islongtable="true">
28694 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28695 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28696 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28701 \begin_inset Graphics
28702 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28703 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28704 rotateOrigin center
28713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28719 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28721 \begin_inset space ~
28724 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28726 \begin_inset space ~
28735 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28740 \begin_inset Graphics
28741 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28742 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28743 rotateOrigin center
28752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28758 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28760 \begin_inset space ~
28763 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28765 \begin_inset space ~
28769 \begin_inset space ~
28773 \begin_inset space ~
28782 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28787 \begin_inset Graphics
28788 filename ../images/change-next.png
28789 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28790 rotateOrigin center
28799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28803 Jumps to the next change
28809 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28814 \begin_inset Graphics
28815 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28816 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28817 rotateOrigin center
28826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28834 \begin_inset space ~
28837 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28839 \begin_inset space ~
28848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28853 \begin_inset Graphics
28854 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28856 rotateOrigin center
28865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28871 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28873 \begin_inset space ~
28876 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28878 \begin_inset space ~
28887 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28892 \begin_inset Graphics
28893 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
28894 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28895 rotateOrigin center
28904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28910 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28912 \begin_inset space ~
28915 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28917 \begin_inset space ~
28926 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28931 \begin_inset Graphics
28932 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
28933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28934 rotateOrigin center
28943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28949 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28951 \begin_inset space ~
28954 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28956 \begin_inset space ~
28960 \begin_inset space ~
28969 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28974 \begin_inset Graphics
28975 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
28976 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28977 rotateOrigin center
28986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28992 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28994 \begin_inset space ~
28997 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28999 \begin_inset space ~
29003 \begin_inset space ~
29012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29017 \begin_inset Graphics
29018 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29019 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29020 rotateOrigin center
29029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29036 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29038 \begin_inset space ~
29047 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29052 \begin_inset Graphics
29053 filename ../images/note-next.png
29054 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29055 rotateOrigin center
29064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29070 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29072 \begin_inset space ~
29088 \begin_layout Standard
29089 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29095 \begin_layout Standard
29096 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29097 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29098 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29099 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29100 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29101 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29102 step to the next change.
29103 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29106 \begin_layout Standard
29107 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29108 to describe a change.
29111 \begin_layout Standard
29112 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29121 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29127 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29128 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29134 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29137 \begin_layout Section
29138 International Support
29142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29143 International support
29151 \begin_layout Standard
29152 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29153 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29154 how to set up LyX to use them:
29155 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29157 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29164 \begin_layout Standard
29165 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29166 \begin_inset space ~
29170 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29172 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29179 \begin_layout Subsection
29184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29195 Document ! Settings
29204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29205 Document ! Language
29213 \begin_layout Standard
29216 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29219 dialog lets you set
29221 the language and character encoding for your language.
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29226 Choose your language in the
29230 section of this dialog.
29238 \begin_layout Standard
29243 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29247 use language's default encoding
29249 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29250 For details about the different encoding options see section
29251 \begin_inset space ~
29255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29257 reference "sub:Settings"
29264 \begin_layout Subsection
29265 Keyboard mapping configuration
29266 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29268 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29275 \begin_layout Standard
29276 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29277 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29278 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29279 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29280 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29282 \begin_inset space ~
29286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29288 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29293 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29294 which one you want to use.
29297 \begin_layout Standard
29298 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29299 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29300 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29301 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29302 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29303 one to support the characters you want.
29304 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29311 \begin_layout Subsection
29313 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29322 \begin_layout Standard
29324 \begin_inset space ~
29328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29330 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29339 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29343 \begin_layout Standard
29344 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29345 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29353 \begin_layout Itemize
29354 Even if you have selected
29360 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29363 dialog, users who have only the
29367 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29371 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29372 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29373 french quotes won't show up.
29376 \begin_layout Standard
29377 \begin_inset Float table
29382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29383 \begin_inset Caption
29385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29388 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29406 \begin_inset Tabular
29407 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29409 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29410 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29411 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29412 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29413 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29418 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29419 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29422 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29423 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29424 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29425 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29839 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31848 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33838 \begin_layout Standard
33839 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33841 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33842 also the characters from
33854 \begin_layout Itemize
33863 \begin_layout Standard
33864 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33871 \begin_layout Standard
33872 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33873 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33879 \begin_layout Standard
33880 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
33881 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33887 \begin_layout Standard
33888 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
33889 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33895 \begin_layout Standard
33897 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33903 \begin_layout Standard
33905 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33911 \begin_layout Standard
33913 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33920 \begin_layout Itemize
33933 \begin_layout Standard
33935 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33941 \begin_layout Standard
33943 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33949 \begin_layout Standard
33951 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33957 \begin_layout Standard
33959 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33965 \begin_layout Standard
33967 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33973 \begin_layout Standard
33975 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33982 \begin_layout Standard
33983 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
33984 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
33985 Also make sure you're using the
33992 \begin_layout Chapter
33995 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33997 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34004 \begin_layout Standard
34005 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34006 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34007 inside the user's guide.
34010 \begin_layout Section
34015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34024 \begin_layout Standard
34029 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34030 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34033 \begin_layout Subsection
34037 \begin_layout Standard
34038 Creates a new document.
34041 \begin_layout Subsection
34045 \begin_layout Standard
34046 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34047 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34048 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34051 \begin_layout Subsection
34055 \begin_layout Standard
34059 \begin_layout Subsection
34063 \begin_layout Standard
34064 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34065 Click there on a file to open it.
34068 \begin_layout Subsection
34072 \begin_layout Standard
34073 Closes the current document.
34076 \begin_layout Subsection
34080 \begin_layout Standard
34081 Saves the actual document.
34084 \begin_layout Subsection
34088 \begin_layout Standard
34089 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34092 \begin_layout Subsection
34096 \begin_layout Standard
34097 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34100 \begin_layout Subsection
34104 \begin_layout Standard
34105 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34106 It is described in the section
34108 Version Control in LyX
34113 \begin_inset space ~
34121 \begin_layout Subsection
34125 \begin_layout Standard
34126 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
34127 text files (ASCII-files).
34128 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34131 \begin_layout Standard
34132 When using the menu
34135 \begin_inset space ~
34139 \begin_inset space ~
34144 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34145 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34146 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34147 will start a new paragraph.
34150 \begin_layout Subsection
34152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34161 \begin_layout Standard
34162 You can export your document to various file formats.
34163 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34164 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34165 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34168 \begin_layout Standard
34169 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34171 \begin_inset space ~
34175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34177 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34184 \begin_layout Description
34188 \begin_inset space ~
34193 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34194 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34197 \begin_layout Description
34205 \begin_layout Description
34206 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34210 \begin_layout Description
34212 \begin_inset space ~
34216 \begin_inset space ~
34219 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34223 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34231 \begin_layout Description
34238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34246 \begin_inset space ~
34251 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34252 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34256 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34259 \begin_layout Description
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34274 \begin_inset space ~
34279 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34280 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34288 \begin_layout Description
34290 \begin_inset space ~
34293 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34298 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34301 is replaced by the version number)
34304 \begin_layout Description
34305 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34318 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34322 \begin_layout Description
34327 PDF-format using the program
34332 \begin_layout Description
34336 \begin_inset space ~
34341 PDF-format using the program
34346 \begin_layout Description
34350 \begin_inset space ~
34355 PDF-format using the program
34360 \begin_layout Description
34364 \begin_inset space ~
34372 \begin_layout Description
34376 \begin_inset space ~
34380 \begin_inset space ~
34385 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34386 and then exported as text using the program
34391 \begin_layout Description
34396 PostScript format using the program
34401 \begin_layout Description
34409 \begin_layout Standard
34414 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34415 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34421 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34424 \begin_layout Standard
34425 If one of the menu entries
34432 \begin_inset space ~
34441 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34442 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34443 \begin_inset space ~
34447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34449 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34458 Reconfiguration of LyX
34466 \begin_layout Standard
34471 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34472 the export program.
34475 \begin_layout Subsection
34479 \begin_layout Standard
34480 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34481 or send it to a printer.
34482 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34483 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34489 For more informations have a look at section
34490 \begin_inset space ~
34494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34496 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34503 \begin_layout Subsection
34504 New and Close Window
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34508 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34509 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34512 \begin_layout Section
34517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34526 \begin_layout Subsection
34530 \begin_layout Standard
34531 Described in section
34532 \begin_inset space ~
34536 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34538 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34545 \begin_layout Subsection
34546 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34549 \begin_layout Standard
34550 Described in section
34551 \begin_inset space ~
34555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34557 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34564 \begin_layout Subsection
34568 \begin_layout Standard
34569 Selects the whole document.
34572 \begin_layout Subsection
34576 \begin_layout Standard
34577 Described in section
34578 \begin_inset space ~
34582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34584 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34591 \begin_layout Subsection
34592 Move paragraph Up/Down
34595 \begin_layout Standard
34596 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34600 \begin_layout Subsection
34604 \begin_layout Standard
34605 Described in section
34606 \begin_inset space ~
34610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34612 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34619 \begin_layout Subsection
34624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34625 Paragraph ! Settings
34633 \begin_layout Standard
34634 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34636 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34639 \begin_layout Standard
34640 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34641 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34644 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34650 \begin_inset space ~
34658 \begin_layout Subsection
34662 \begin_layout Standard
34663 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34664 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34665 The properties of tables are described in section
34666 \begin_inset space ~
34670 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34672 reference "sec:Tables"
34676 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34677 \begin_inset space ~
34681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34683 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34690 \begin_layout Subsection
34691 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34694 \begin_layout Standard
34695 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34697 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34698 \begin_inset space ~
34702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34704 reference "sec:Nesting"
34709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34711 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34718 \begin_layout Section
34723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34737 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34738 document with an external program.
34739 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34740 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34741 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34742 \begin_inset space ~
34746 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34748 reference "sub:Export"
34753 You should at least see the menu entries
34760 \begin_inset space ~
34766 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34767 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34768 \begin_inset space ~
34772 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34774 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34783 Reconfiguration of LyX
34791 \begin_layout Standard
34792 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34793 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34794 \begin_inset space ~
34798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34800 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34805 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34808 \begin_layout Standard
34809 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34812 At the bottom of the
34816 menu the opened documents are listed.
34819 \begin_layout Subsection
34823 \begin_layout Standard
34824 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34826 \begin_inset space ~
34830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34832 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34839 \begin_layout Subsection
34843 \begin_layout Standard
34844 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34845 opening a new view window.
34848 \begin_layout Subsection
34850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34852 name "sub:Toolbars"
34860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34869 \begin_layout Standard
34870 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34871 All toolbars and the
34874 \begin_inset space ~
34879 can be turned on and off.
34884 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
34896 \begin_inset space ~
34905 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
34909 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
34916 \begin_layout Standard
34921 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
34925 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
34926 or when a certain feature is enabled.
34927 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
34928 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
34929 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
34932 \begin_layout Standard
34933 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
34934 \begin_inset space ~
34938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34940 reference "sec:Toolbars"
34947 \begin_layout Section
34952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34961 \begin_layout Subsection
34965 \begin_layout Standard
34966 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
34967 \begin_inset space ~
34971 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34973 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34980 \begin_layout Subsection
34982 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34984 name "sub:Special-Character"
34991 \begin_layout Standard
34992 Here you can insert the following characters:
34995 \begin_layout Description
34996 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35000 \begin_layout Description
35002 \begin_inset space ~
35006 \begin_inset space ~
35009 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35010 \begin_inset space ~
35014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35016 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35023 \begin_layout Description
35025 \begin_inset space ~
35028 Quote Inserts this quote:
35029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35032 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35034 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35044 \begin_layout Description
35046 \begin_inset space ~
35049 Quote Inserts this quote:
35050 \begin_inset Quotes els
35056 \begin_layout Description
35058 \begin_inset space ~
35061 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35065 \begin_layout Description
35067 \begin_inset space ~
35074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35085 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35090 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35091 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35092 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35101 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35107 \begin_inset Newline newline
35110 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35122 and this Wiki-page:
35123 \begin_inset Newline newline
35127 \begin_inset Flex URL
35130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35132 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35140 \begin_layout Subsection
35144 \begin_layout Standard
35145 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35148 \begin_layout Description
35149 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35150 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35156 \begin_layout Description
35157 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35158 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35164 \begin_layout Description
35166 \begin_inset space ~
35169 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35170 \begin_inset space ~
35174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35176 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35183 \begin_layout Description
35185 \begin_inset space ~
35188 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35189 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35195 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35202 \begin_layout Description
35204 \begin_inset space ~
35207 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35208 \begin_inset space ~
35212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35214 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35221 \begin_layout Description
35223 \begin_inset space ~
35226 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35227 \begin_inset space ~
35231 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35233 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35240 \begin_layout Description
35242 \begin_inset space ~
35245 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35246 \begin_inset space ~
35250 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35252 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35259 \begin_layout Description
35261 \begin_inset space ~
35264 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35265 \begin_inset space ~
35269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35271 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35278 \begin_layout Description
35280 \begin_inset space ~
35283 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35284 \begin_inset space ~
35288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35290 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35297 \begin_layout Description
35299 \begin_inset space ~
35302 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35303 \begin_inset space ~
35307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35309 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35316 \begin_layout Description
35318 \begin_inset space ~
35321 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section
35322 \begin_inset space ~
35326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35328 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35335 \begin_layout Description
35337 \begin_inset space ~
35340 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section
35341 \begin_inset space ~
35345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35347 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35354 \begin_layout Description
35356 \begin_inset space ~
35359 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section
35360 \begin_inset space ~
35364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35366 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35373 \begin_layout Description
35375 \begin_inset space ~
35379 \begin_inset space ~
35382 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35383 \begin_inset space ~
35387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35389 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35396 \begin_layout Subsection
35400 \begin_layout Standard
35401 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35402 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35404 \begin_inset space ~
35408 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35410 reference "sec:toc"
35415 The index list is described in section
35416 \begin_inset space ~
35420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35422 reference "sec:Index"
35426 , the nomenclature in section
35427 \begin_inset space ~
35431 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35433 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35437 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35438 \begin_inset space ~
35442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35444 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35451 \begin_layout Subsection
35455 \begin_layout Standard
35456 To insert floats, described in section
35457 \begin_inset space ~
35461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35463 reference "sec:Floats"
35470 \begin_layout Subsection
35474 \begin_layout Standard
35475 To insert notes, described in section
35476 \begin_inset space ~
35480 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35482 reference "sec:Notes"
35489 \begin_layout Subsection
35493 \begin_layout Standard
35494 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35495 \begin_inset space ~
35499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35501 reference "sec:Branches"
35508 \begin_layout Subsection
35513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35522 \begin_layout Standard
35523 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35524 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35535 \begin_layout Subsection
35540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35549 \begin_layout Standard
35550 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35551 \begin_inset space ~
35555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35557 reference "sec:Minipages"
35562 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35573 \begin_layout Subsection
35577 \begin_layout Standard
35578 Inserts a citation as described in section
35579 \begin_inset space ~
35583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35585 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35592 \begin_layout Subsection
35596 \begin_layout Standard
35597 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35598 \begin_inset space ~
35602 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35604 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35611 \begin_layout Subsection
35615 \begin_layout Standard
35616 Inserts a label as described in section
35617 \begin_inset space ~
35621 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35623 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35630 \begin_layout Subsection
35635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35646 Longtables ! Caption
35654 \begin_layout Standard
35655 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35656 Floats are described in section
35657 \begin_inset space ~
35661 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35663 reference "sec:Floats"
35667 , cations in longtables are described in section
35678 \begin_layout Subsection
35682 \begin_layout Standard
35683 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35684 \begin_inset space ~
35688 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35690 reference "sec:Index"
35697 \begin_layout Subsection
35701 \begin_layout Standard
35702 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35703 \begin_inset space ~
35707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35709 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35716 \begin_layout Subsection
35720 \begin_layout Standard
35722 Tables are described in section
35723 \begin_inset space ~
35727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35729 reference "sec:Tables"
35736 \begin_layout Subsection
35740 \begin_layout Standard
35742 Graphics are described in section
35743 \begin_inset space ~
35747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35749 reference "sec:Graphics"
35756 \begin_layout Subsection
35760 \begin_layout Standard
35761 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35762 \begin_inset space ~
35766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35768 reference "sec:URL"
35775 \begin_layout Subsection
35779 \begin_layout Standard
35780 Inserts a footnote, see section
35781 \begin_inset space ~
35785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35787 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35794 \begin_layout Subsection
35798 \begin_layout Standard
35799 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35800 \begin_inset space ~
35804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35806 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35813 \begin_layout Subsection
35817 \begin_layout Standard
35818 Inserts a short title, see section
35819 \begin_inset space ~
35823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35825 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35832 \begin_layout Subsection
35836 \begin_layout Standard
35837 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35838 \begin_inset space ~
35842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35844 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35851 \begin_layout Subsection
35856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35865 \begin_layout Standard
35866 Inserts a program listings box.
35867 Program listings are explained in chapter
35869 Program Code Listings
35878 \begin_layout Subsection
35882 \begin_layout Standard
35883 Inserts the actual date.
35884 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
35886 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
35896 There the different methods are also compared.
35899 \begin_layout Section
35904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35913 \begin_layout Standard
35914 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
35915 the current document.
35916 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
35919 \begin_layout Standard
35920 The Navigate menu also offers to
35923 \begin_layout Subsection
35927 \begin_layout Standard
35928 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
35929 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
35932 \begin_inset space ~
35936 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
35937 \begin_inset space ~
35940 2.5 and use the menu
35943 \begin_inset space ~
35947 \begin_inset space ~
35954 \begin_inset space ~
35960 \begin_inset space ~
35964 \begin_inset space ~
35970 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
35982 \begin_layout Standard
35983 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
35984 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
35987 \begin_layout Subsection
35988 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
35991 \begin_layout Standard
35992 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
35996 \begin_layout Subsection
36000 \begin_layout Standard
36001 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36002 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36003 on a cross-reference box.
36006 \begin_layout Section
36011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36020 \begin_layout Subsection
36024 \begin_layout Standard
36025 Change Tracking is described in section
36026 \begin_inset space ~
36030 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36032 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36039 \begin_layout Subsection
36044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36054 \begin_layout Standard
36055 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36057 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36060 \begin_layout Standard
36061 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36066 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36069 \begin_layout Subsection
36073 \begin_layout Standard
36074 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36075 \begin_inset space ~
36079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36081 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36088 \begin_layout Subsection
36089 Start Appendix Here
36092 \begin_layout Standard
36093 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36094 position as described in section
36095 \begin_inset space ~
36099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36101 reference "sec:Appendices"
36108 \begin_layout Subsection
36112 \begin_layout Standard
36113 Un/compresses the actual document.
36116 \begin_layout Subsection
36118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36120 name "sub:Settings"
36128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36129 Document ! Settings
36137 \begin_layout Standard
36138 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36140 You can save your document settings as default with the
36142 Save as Document Defaults
36144 button in the dialog.
36145 This will create a template named
36149 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36153 \begin_layout Standard
36154 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36157 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36161 \begin_layout Standard
36162 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36163 Document classes are described in section
36164 \begin_inset space ~
36168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36170 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36175 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36180 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36181 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36184 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36188 \begin_layout Standard
36189 The document font settings are described in section
36190 \begin_inset space ~
36194 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36196 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36203 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36207 \begin_layout Standard
36208 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36210 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36214 \begin_layout Standard
36215 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36216 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36217 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36220 \begin_layout Standard
36221 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36229 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36233 \begin_layout Standard
36234 A description of this menu is given in section
36235 \begin_inset space ~
36239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36241 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36248 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36255 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36259 \begin_layout Standard
36260 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36261 \begin_inset space ~
36265 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36267 reference "sub:Margins"
36274 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36280 Language ! Encoding
36288 \begin_layout Standard
36289 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36290 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36291 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36292 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36293 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36294 known for a particular character).
36298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36299 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36300 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36305 manual for details.
36313 \begin_layout Standard
36314 If you use the option
36316 use language's default encoding
36318 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36320 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36321 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36322 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36323 exactly one encoding.
36324 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36333 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36334 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36336 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36337 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36351 \begin_layout Standard
36352 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36353 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36354 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36355 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36356 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36357 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36360 use language's default encoding
36362 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36363 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36364 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36367 \begin_layout Standard
36368 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36371 \begin_layout Description
36373 \begin_inset space ~
36378 use language's default encoding
36380 , but the LaTeX-package
36388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36389 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36395 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36396 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36397 languages in TeX code.
36400 \begin_layout Description
36401 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36404 \begin_layout Description
36405 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36406 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36409 \begin_layout Description
36410 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36413 \begin_layout Description
36414 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36417 \begin_layout Description
36418 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36421 \begin_layout Description
36422 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36425 \begin_layout Description
36426 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36429 \begin_layout Description
36430 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36431 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36434 \begin_layout Description
36435 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36436 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36439 \begin_layout Description
36440 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36443 \begin_layout Description
36444 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36447 \begin_layout Description
36448 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36451 \begin_layout Description
36452 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36455 \begin_layout Description
36456 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36457 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36458 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36462 \begin_layout Description
36463 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36464 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36467 \begin_layout Description
36468 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36472 \begin_layout Description
36473 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36476 \begin_layout Description
36477 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36478 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36481 \begin_layout Description
36482 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36483 the euro currency sign, the
36487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36496 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36497 be the replacement for latin1
36500 \begin_layout Description
36501 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36504 \begin_layout Description
36505 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36514 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36520 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36524 \begin_layout Description
36525 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36534 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36539 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36542 \begin_layout Description
36543 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36552 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36557 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36560 \begin_layout Description
36561 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36565 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36574 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36575 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36589 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36593 \begin_layout Standard
36594 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36596 \begin_inset space ~
36600 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36602 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36609 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36613 \begin_layout Standard
36614 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36623 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36637 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36643 For a further description see section
36644 \begin_inset space ~
36648 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36650 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36657 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36661 \begin_layout Standard
36662 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36671 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36685 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36690 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36693 \begin_layout Standard
36698 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36699 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36702 \begin_layout Standard
36707 is used for special integral characters.
36710 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36714 \begin_layout Standard
36715 The float placement options are described in section
36716 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36722 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36729 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36733 \begin_layout Standard
36734 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36735 The itemize environment is described in section
36736 \begin_inset space ~
36740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36742 reference "sec:Itemize"
36749 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36753 \begin_layout Standard
36754 Branches are described in section
36755 \begin_inset space ~
36759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36761 reference "sec:Branches"
36768 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36783 \begin_layout Standard
36784 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36785 to define LaTeX-commands.
36786 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36787 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36791 \begin_layout Standard
36792 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36793 \begin_inset space ~
36797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36799 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36806 \begin_layout Section
36811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36820 \begin_layout Subsection
36824 \begin_layout Standard
36825 Spell checking is explained in section
36826 \begin_inset space ~
36830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36832 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36839 \begin_layout Subsection
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36844 The thesaurus is described in section
36845 \begin_inset space ~
36849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36851 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36858 \begin_layout Subsection
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36872 \begin_layout Standard
36873 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36877 \begin_layout Subsection
36882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36891 \begin_layout Standard
36892 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36895 \begin_layout Subsection
36900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36901 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36912 Reconfiguration of LyX
36916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36933 Reconfiguration of LyX
36941 \begin_layout Standard
36942 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36943 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36944 \begin_inset space ~
36948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36950 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36957 \begin_layout Subsection
36961 \begin_layout Standard
36962 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
36963 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36969 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36976 \begin_layout Section
36981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36990 \begin_layout Standard
36991 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36995 \begin_layout Standard
36999 \begin_inset space ~
37004 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37005 found by LyX (see also section
37006 \begin_inset space ~
37010 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37012 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37019 \begin_layout Section
37021 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37023 name "sec:Toolbars"
37030 \begin_layout Standard
37031 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37032 \begin_inset space ~
37036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37038 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37045 \begin_layout Standard
37046 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37047 This is described in the
37054 \begin_layout Subsection
37059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37068 \begin_layout Standard
37069 \begin_inset Graphics
37070 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37078 \begin_layout Standard
37079 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37085 \begin_layout Standard
37086 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37103 \begin_inset Note Note
37106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37107 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37112 manual for more information.
37120 \begin_layout Standard
37121 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37127 \begin_layout Standard
37128 \begin_inset Tabular
37129 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37130 <features islongtable="true">
37131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37138 \begin_inset Graphics
37139 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37153 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37166 \begin_layout Standard
37167 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37173 \begin_layout Standard
37175 \begin_inset Tabular
37176 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37177 <features islongtable="true">
37178 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37179 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37187 \begin_inset Graphics
37188 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37189 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37204 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37211 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37216 \begin_inset Graphics
37217 filename ../images/file-open.png
37218 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37233 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37245 \begin_inset Graphics
37246 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37262 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37269 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37274 \begin_inset Graphics
37275 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37276 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37291 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37303 \begin_inset Graphics
37304 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37305 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37320 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37327 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37332 \begin_inset Graphics
37333 filename ../images/undo.png
37334 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37349 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37356 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37361 \begin_inset Graphics
37362 filename ../images/redo.png
37363 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37378 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37390 \begin_inset Graphics
37391 filename ../images/cut.png
37392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37407 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37414 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37419 \begin_inset Graphics
37420 filename ../images/copy.png
37421 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37436 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37448 \begin_inset Graphics
37449 filename ../images/paste.png
37450 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37465 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37472 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37477 \begin_inset Graphics
37478 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37479 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37480 rotateOrigin center
37489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37495 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37497 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37501 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37510 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37515 \begin_inset Graphics
37516 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37517 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37530 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37532 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37534 \begin_inset space ~
37545 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 \begin_inset Graphics
37551 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37552 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37565 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37567 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37569 \begin_inset space ~
37580 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37585 \begin_inset Graphics
37586 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37587 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37600 Formats text using the current settings in the
37602 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37604 \begin_inset space ~
37615 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37620 \begin_inset Graphics
37621 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37622 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37638 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37640 \begin_inset space ~
37649 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37654 \begin_inset Graphics
37655 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37656 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37657 rotateOrigin center
37666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37684 \begin_inset Graphics
37685 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37686 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37687 rotateOrigin center
37696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37709 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37714 \begin_inset Graphics
37715 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37716 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37717 rotateOrigin center
37726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37730 Toggle outline window on/off,
37732 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37739 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37744 \begin_inset Graphics
37745 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37746 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37747 rotateOrigin center
37756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37760 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37771 \begin_inset Graphics
37772 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37773 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37774 rotateOrigin center
37783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37787 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37800 \begin_layout Subsection
37805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37814 \begin_layout Standard
37815 \begin_inset Graphics
37816 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37824 \begin_layout Standard
37825 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37831 \begin_layout Standard
37832 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37836 \begin_layout Standard
37837 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37843 \begin_layout Standard
37844 \begin_inset Tabular
37845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37846 <features islongtable="true">
37847 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37848 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37849 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37854 \begin_inset Graphics
37855 filename ../images/layout.png
37856 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37857 rotateOrigin center
37866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37876 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37881 \begin_inset Graphics
37882 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37884 rotateOrigin center
37893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37903 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37908 \begin_inset Graphics
37909 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37910 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37911 rotateOrigin center
37920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37930 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37935 \begin_inset Graphics
37936 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37937 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37938 rotateOrigin center
37947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37957 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37962 \begin_inset Graphics
37963 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37964 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37965 rotateOrigin center
37974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37984 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37989 \begin_inset Graphics
37990 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37991 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37992 rotateOrigin center
38001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38007 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38009 \begin_inset space ~
38013 \begin_inset space ~
38022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38027 \begin_inset Graphics
38028 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38029 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38030 rotateOrigin center
38039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38045 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38047 \begin_inset space ~
38051 \begin_inset space ~
38060 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38065 \begin_inset Graphics
38066 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38067 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38083 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38090 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38095 \begin_inset Graphics
38096 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38113 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38125 \begin_inset Graphics
38126 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38127 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38149 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38154 \begin_inset Graphics
38155 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38156 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38171 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38178 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38183 \begin_inset Graphics
38184 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38185 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38200 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38207 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38212 \begin_inset Graphics
38213 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38214 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38229 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38231 \begin_inset space ~
38240 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38245 \begin_inset Graphics
38246 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38247 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38262 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38264 \begin_inset space ~
38273 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38278 \begin_inset Graphics
38279 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38280 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38307 \begin_inset Graphics
38308 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38309 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38310 rotateOrigin center
38319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38327 \begin_inset space ~
38336 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38341 \begin_inset Graphics
38342 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38343 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38359 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38361 \begin_inset space ~
38370 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38375 \begin_inset Graphics
38376 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38377 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38392 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38399 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38404 \begin_inset Graphics
38405 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38406 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38421 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38428 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 \begin_inset Graphics
38434 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38435 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38472 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38477 \begin_inset Graphics
38478 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38479 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38494 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38495 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38497 \begin_inset space ~
38506 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38511 \begin_inset Graphics
38512 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38513 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38514 rotateOrigin center
38523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38529 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38531 \begin_inset space ~
38540 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38545 \begin_inset Graphics
38546 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38547 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38548 rotateOrigin center
38557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38563 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38565 \begin_inset space ~
38574 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38579 \begin_inset Graphics
38580 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38581 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38582 rotateOrigin center
38591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38597 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38611 \begin_layout Subsection
38612 View / Update Toolbar
38616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38617 Toolbar ! View / Update
38625 \begin_layout Standard
38626 \begin_inset Graphics
38627 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38634 \begin_layout Standard
38635 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38641 \begin_layout Standard
38642 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38646 \begin_layout Standard
38647 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38653 \begin_layout Standard
38654 \begin_inset Tabular
38655 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38656 <features islongtable="true">
38657 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38658 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38664 \begin_inset Graphics
38665 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38667 rotateOrigin center
38676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38682 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38689 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38694 \begin_inset Graphics
38695 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38696 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38697 rotateOrigin center
38706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38712 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38713 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38720 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38725 \begin_inset Graphics
38726 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38727 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38728 rotateOrigin center
38737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38743 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38750 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38755 \begin_inset Graphics
38756 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38757 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38758 rotateOrigin center
38767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38773 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38774 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38780 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38781 functionality is merged with
38783 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38803 \begin_inset Graphics
38804 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38806 rotateOrigin center
38815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38821 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38833 \begin_inset Graphics
38834 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38835 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38836 rotateOrigin center
38845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38851 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38852 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38866 \begin_layout Subsection
38870 \begin_layout Standard
38871 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38872 \begin_inset space ~
38876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38878 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38882 , the table toolbar
38886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38892 is explained in the
38899 \begin_layout Chapter
38905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38907 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38924 \begin_layout Standard
38925 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38927 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
38930 \begin_layout Section
38934 \begin_layout Subsection
38936 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38947 Customization ! of toolbars
38956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38957 Customization ! of menus
38965 \begin_layout Standard
38966 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38974 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
38982 \begin_layout Subsubsection
38983 User Interface File
38987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38988 Customization ! of toolbars
38997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38998 Customization ! of menus
39006 \begin_layout Standard
39007 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39008 interface (ui) file.
39009 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39010 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39019 Both files are loaded by the
39024 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39025 files and edit the entries.
39028 \begin_layout Standard
39029 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39041 entries must be ended with an explicit
39066 and in the case of the
39067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39079 The syntax for the entries is:
39082 \begin_layout Standard
39083 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39097 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39101 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39111 \begin_layout Standard
39113 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39116 All LyX-functions are listed in
39117 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39126 \begin_layout Standard
39127 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39133 \begin_layout Standard
39134 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39136 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39139 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39143 \begin_layout Standard
39144 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39149 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39152 \begin_layout Standard
39154 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39157 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39160 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39174 \begin_layout Standard
39175 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39176 Several binding files are available:
39179 \begin_layout Description
39180 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39183 \begin_layout Description
39184 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39195 \begin_layout Description
39196 mac.bind set of bindings for
39199 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39207 \begin_layout Standard
39208 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39212 , and bind files for special languages.
39213 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39223 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39227 \begin_layout Standard
39228 Some bind-files, like
39232 , have only a small scope.
39233 When looking at the the end of the file
39237 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39240 \begin_layout Standard
39241 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39242 s with a text editor.
39243 The syntax of the entries is:
39246 \begin_layout Standard
39252 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39256 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39270 \begin_layout Standard
39271 All LyX-functions are listed in
39272 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39285 \begin_layout Standard
39289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39293 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39296 restore window size, or use fixed size
39298 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39302 \begin_layout Standard
39306 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39310 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39313 restore window position
39315 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39318 \begin_layout Standard
39321 Restore cursor positions
39323 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39327 \begin_layout Standard
39330 Load opened files from last session
39332 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39335 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39337 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39339 name "sub:Backup documents"
39347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39356 \begin_layout Standard
39361 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39364 \begin_layout Standard
39369 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39372 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39374 \begin_inset space ~
39382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39386 \begin_layout Standard
39389 Cursor follows scrollbar
39391 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39395 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39399 \begin_layout Standard
39402 Enable Pixmap Cache
39404 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39405 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39406 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39407 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39409 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39410 \begin_inset space ~
39416 \begin_layout Subsection
39421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39430 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39437 \begin_layout Standard
39438 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39441 \begin_layout Standard
39442 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39450 This section only deals with the fonts
39455 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39458 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39459 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39470 \begin_layout Standard
39471 By default, LyX uses
39475 as roman (serif) font,
39483 (depends on the system) as
39486 \begin_inset space ~
39502 \begin_layout Standard
39503 You can change the font size with the
39510 \begin_layout Standard
39515 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39516 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39518 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39521 points have the size of 1
39522 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39526 \begin_inset space ~
39530 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39532 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39539 \begin_layout Standard
39544 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39545 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39549 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39550 \begin_inset space ~
39554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39556 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39563 \begin_layout Subsection
39568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39587 \begin_layout Standard
39588 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39589 Choose an item in the list and use the
39596 \begin_layout Subsection
39601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39602 Settings ! Graphics
39610 \begin_layout Standard
39611 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39614 \begin_layout Standard
39619 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39620 This feature is described in section
39621 \begin_inset space ~
39625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39627 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39634 \begin_layout Subsection
39639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39650 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39658 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39665 \begin_layout Standard
39666 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39667 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39669 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39673 \begin_inset space ~
39676 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39677 can use the keyboard map file named
39684 \begin_layout Standard
39685 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39693 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39701 \begin_layout Section
39706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39717 Settings ! Directory
39725 \begin_layout Description
39727 \begin_inset space ~
39730 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39731 It is the default when you
39742 \begin_inset space ~
39750 \begin_layout Description
39752 \begin_inset space ~
39755 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39757 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39759 \begin_inset space ~
39763 \begin_inset space ~
39771 \begin_layout Description
39773 \begin_inset space ~
39780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39786 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39787 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39788 \begin_inset space ~
39792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39794 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39802 will be used to save the backups.
39803 \begin_inset Newline newline
39806 The backup files have the ending
39807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39817 \begin_layout Description
39822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39829 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39830 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39831 \begin_inset Newline newline
39835 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39843 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39851 \begin_layout Description
39853 \begin_inset space ~
39856 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39859 \begin_layout Description
39861 \begin_inset space ~
39864 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39865 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39866 to find it on the system.
39867 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39868 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39874 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39877 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39878 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
39882 \begin_layout Section
39886 \begin_layout Standard
39887 Here you can insert your name and email address.
39888 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
39890 \begin_inset space ~
39894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39896 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39900 , to mark changes you make as yours.
39903 \begin_layout Section
39908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39909 Language ! Settings
39918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39919 Settings ! Language
39927 \begin_layout Subsection
39931 \begin_layout Description
39933 \begin_inset space ~
39936 language is the language used in new documents
39939 \begin_layout Description
39941 \begin_inset space ~
39944 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
39946 The default is the LaTeX-command
39952 that loads the package
39960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39961 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
39962 \begin_inset space ~
39966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39968 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
39978 \begin_inset Newline newline
39985 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
39986 the document language.
39987 A text label is for instance the word
39988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39995 at the beginning of every table-caption.
39998 \begin_layout Description
40000 \begin_inset space ~
40003 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40004 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40005 An example is the start command
40011 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40016 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40031 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40036 \begin_layout Description
40038 \begin_inset space ~
40046 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40047 command toggles the package on and off.
40050 \begin_layout Description
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40062 \begin_layout Description
40063 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40064 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40065 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40066 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40073 \begin_layout Description
40075 \begin_inset space ~
40078 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40080 When this option is not set, the
40083 \begin_inset space ~
40088 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40089 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40092 \begin_inset space ~
40100 \begin_layout Description
40102 \begin_inset space ~
40108 \begin_inset space ~
40114 When it is not set, the
40117 \begin_inset space ~
40122 is set to the end of the document.
40125 \begin_layout Description
40127 \begin_inset space ~
40131 \begin_inset space ~
40134 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40135 language will be underlined blue.
40138 \begin_layout Description
40140 \begin_inset space ~
40144 \begin_inset space ~
40148 \begin_inset space ~
40152 \begin_inset space ~
40155 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40159 \begin_layout Subsection
40163 \begin_layout Standard
40164 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40165 \begin_inset space ~
40169 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40171 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40178 \begin_layout Section
40182 \begin_layout Subsection
40184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40213 \begin_layout Description
40215 \begin_inset space ~
40218 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40219 The name will be used when the
40224 \begin_inset Newline newline
40228 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40236 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40245 \begin_layout Description
40247 \begin_inset space ~
40251 \begin_inset space ~
40255 \begin_inset space ~
40258 printer This option works only for the
40263 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40275 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40276 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40279 \begin_layout Description
40281 \begin_inset space ~
40284 command is the command LyX
40285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40289 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40292 LaTeX uses for printing.
40293 The default is on most systems
40300 \begin_layout Description
40302 \begin_inset space ~
40306 \begin_inset space ~
40309 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40310 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40311 of the program that provides the
40318 \begin_layout Subsection
40323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40334 Settings ! Date format
40342 \begin_layout Standard
40343 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40344 \begin_inset Newline newline
40348 \begin_inset Flex URL
40351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40353 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40359 \begin_inset Newline newline
40362 For example the format
40363 \begin_inset Newline newline
40367 \begin_inset Newline newline
40370 prints the date as day/month/year.
40373 \begin_layout Subsection
40377 \begin_layout Description
40379 \begin_inset space ~
40383 \begin_inset space ~
40386 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40389 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40390 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40392 \begin_inset space ~
40398 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40402 \begin_layout Description
40404 \begin_inset space ~
40407 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40412 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40413 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40416 \begin_layout Subsection
40421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40429 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40431 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40440 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40448 \begin_layout Description
40453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40461 \begin_inset space ~
40464 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40469 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40491 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40500 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40504 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40505 LyX sets up in the background.
40506 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40509 \begin_layout Description
40511 \begin_inset space ~
40515 \begin_inset space ~
40518 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40523 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40526 \begin_layout Description
40528 \begin_inset space ~
40532 \begin_inset space ~
40536 \begin_inset space ~
40540 \begin_inset space ~
40544 \begin_inset space ~
40548 \begin_inset space ~
40551 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40553 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40556 dialog when changing the document class.
40559 \begin_layout Standard
40562 External Applications
40564 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40565 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40566 manuals of the applications.
40567 Currently the following commands can be set:
40570 \begin_layout Description
40575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40583 \begin_inset space ~
40586 command Command for the program
40590 that is described in section
40601 \begin_layout Description
40606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40614 \begin_inset space ~
40617 command Command for the program
40621 that generates the bibliography, see section
40622 \begin_inset space ~
40626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40628 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40635 \begin_layout Description
40637 \begin_inset space ~
40640 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40641 \begin_inset space ~
40645 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40647 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40654 \begin_layout Description
40656 \begin_inset space ~
40660 \begin_inset space ~
40664 \begin_inset space ~
40668 \begin_inset space ~
40671 options They only have an effect when the program
40675 is used as DVI-viewer.
40678 \begin_layout Subsection
40683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40702 \begin_layout Standard
40707 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40710 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40712 uses the Windows path style:
40715 \begin_layout Standard
40723 \begin_layout Standard
40724 instead of the Unix path style:
40727 \begin_layout Standard
40731 \begin_layout Section
40736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40745 \begin_layout Standard
40746 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40747 from one format to another.
40748 You can modify them or create new ones.
40749 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40756 \begin_inset space ~
40766 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40770 \begin_inset space ~
40775 drop-down list, modify the
40779 field, and press the
40786 \begin_layout Standard
40789 Converter File Cache
40791 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40794 Maximum Age (in days
40797 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40798 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40801 \begin_layout Standard
40802 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40803 the converter definition, is described in section
40814 \begin_layout Section
40819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40826 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40828 name "sec:File-Formats"
40835 \begin_layout Standard
40836 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40837 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40839 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40847 \begin_inset space ~
40859 \begin_layout Standard
40860 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40861 is described in section
40872 \begin_layout Section
40877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40886 \begin_layout Standard
40887 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
40888 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
40889 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
40890 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
40891 This is done by a Copier.
40894 \begin_layout Standard
40895 More about converters is described in section
40906 \begin_layout Chapter
40907 Units available in LyX
40911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40918 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40920 name "cha:Units-available-in"
40927 \begin_layout Standard
40928 To understand the units described in this documentation,
40929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40931 reference "cap:Units"
40935 explains all units available in LyX.
40938 \begin_layout Standard
40939 \begin_inset Float table
40945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40946 \begin_inset Caption
40948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40949 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40964 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40972 \begin_inset Tabular
40973 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
40975 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40976 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
40978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
40981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
40990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41076 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41100 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41104 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41127 scaled point (65536
41128 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41132 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41156 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41160 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41184 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41188 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41216 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41243 % of original image width
41250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41457 \begin_layout Chapter
41459 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41468 \begin_layout Standard
41469 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41470 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41473 \begin_layout Itemize
41476 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41479 \begin_layout Itemize
41485 \begin_layout Itemize
41491 \begin_layout Itemize
41497 \begin_layout Itemize
41503 \begin_layout Itemize
41509 \begin_layout Itemize
41515 \begin_layout Itemize
41521 \begin_layout Itemize
41524 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41527 \begin_layout Itemize
41533 \begin_layout Itemize
41539 \begin_layout Itemize
41545 \begin_layout Itemize
41551 \begin_layout Itemize
41557 \begin_layout Itemize
41563 \begin_layout Itemize
41569 \begin_layout Itemize
41575 \begin_layout Itemize
41577 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41586 \begin_layout Standard
41587 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41590 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41597 \begin_layout Bibliography
41598 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41599 LatexCommand bibitem
41606 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41609 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41614 \begin_inset Newline newline
41618 \begin_inset Flex URL
41621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41623 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41631 \begin_layout Bibliography
41632 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41633 LatexCommand bibitem
41634 key "latexcompanion"
41638 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41640 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41643 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41646 \begin_layout Bibliography
41647 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41648 LatexCommand bibitem
41653 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41656 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41659 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41662 \begin_layout Bibliography
41663 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41664 LatexCommand bibitem
41671 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41674 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41677 \begin_layout Bibliography
41678 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41679 LatexCommand bibitem
41691 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41694 \begin_layout Bibliography
41695 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41696 LatexCommand bibitem
41702 \begin_inset Newline newline
41706 \begin_inset Flex URL
41709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41711 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41719 \begin_layout Bibliography
41720 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41721 LatexCommand bibitem
41727 \begin_inset Newline newline
41731 \begin_inset Flex URL
41734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41736 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41744 \begin_layout Bibliography
41745 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41746 LatexCommand bibitem
41752 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41754 name "Documentation"
41755 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41764 \begin_inset Newline newline
41768 \begin_inset Flex URL
41771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41773 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41781 \begin_layout Bibliography
41782 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41783 LatexCommand bibitem
41789 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41791 name "Documentation"
41792 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41801 \begin_inset Newline newline
41805 \begin_inset Flex URL
41808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41810 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41818 \begin_layout Bibliography
41819 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41820 LatexCommand bibitem
41826 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41828 name "Documentation"
41829 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41833 of the LaTeX-package
41841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41842 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41848 \begin_inset Newline newline
41852 \begin_inset Flex URL
41855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41865 \begin_layout Bibliography
41866 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41867 LatexCommand bibitem
41873 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41875 name "Documentation"
41876 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41880 of the LaTeX-package
41888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41889 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
41895 \begin_inset Newline newline
41899 \begin_inset Flex URL
41902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41904 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
41912 \begin_layout Bibliography
41913 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41914 LatexCommand bibitem
41920 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41922 name "Documentation"
41923 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
41927 of the LaTeX-package
41935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41936 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
41942 \begin_inset Newline newline
41946 \begin_inset Flex URL
41949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41951 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
41959 \begin_layout Bibliography
41960 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41961 LatexCommand bibitem
41967 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41969 name "Documentation"
41970 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
41974 of the LaTeX-package
41982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41983 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
41989 \begin_inset Newline newline
41993 \begin_inset Flex URL
41996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41998 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42006 \begin_layout Bibliography
42007 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42008 LatexCommand bibitem
42014 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42016 name "Documentation"
42017 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42021 of the LaTeX-package
42029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42030 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42036 \begin_inset Newline newline
42040 \begin_inset Flex URL
42043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42045 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42053 \begin_layout Bibliography
42054 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42055 LatexCommand bibitem
42061 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42064 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42068 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42069 \begin_inset Newline newline
42073 \begin_inset Flex URL
42076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42078 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42086 \begin_layout Bibliography
42087 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42088 LatexCommand bibitem
42094 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42097 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42101 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42102 \begin_inset Newline newline
42106 \begin_inset Flex URL
42109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42111 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42119 \begin_layout Bibliography
42120 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42121 LatexCommand bibitem
42127 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42130 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42134 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42135 \begin_inset Newline newline
42139 \begin_inset Flex URL
42142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42144 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42152 \begin_layout Bibliography
42153 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42154 LatexCommand bibitem
42160 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42163 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42167 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42168 \begin_inset Newline newline
42172 \begin_inset Flex URL
42175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42177 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42185 \begin_layout Bibliography
42186 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42187 LatexCommand bibitem
42193 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42196 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42200 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42201 \begin_inset Newline newline
42205 \begin_inset Flex URL
42208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42210 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42218 \begin_layout Bibliography
42219 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42220 LatexCommand bibitem
42226 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42229 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42233 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42234 \begin_inset Newline newline
42238 \begin_inset Flex URL
42241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42243 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42251 \begin_layout Bibliography
42252 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42253 LatexCommand bibitem
42259 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42262 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42266 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42267 \begin_inset Newline newline
42271 \begin_inset Flex URL
42274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42276 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42284 \begin_layout Bibliography
42285 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42286 LatexCommand bibitem
42292 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42295 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42299 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42300 \begin_inset Newline newline
42304 \begin_inset Flex URL
42307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42309 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42317 \begin_layout Bibliography
42318 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42319 LatexCommand bibitem
42325 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42328 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42332 about new features in
42337 \begin_inset Newline newline
42341 \begin_inset Flex URL
42344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42346 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42354 \begin_layout Standard
42355 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42389 \begin_inset Note Note
42392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42400 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42401 bibliography is the second one:
42409 \begin_layout Standard
42410 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42411 LatexCommand bibtex
42412 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42413 options "biblio/alphadin"
42420 \begin_layout Standard
42421 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42424 \begin_layout Standard
42427 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42428 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42433 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42434 LatexCommand printindex